Home

4 - Trinet Grup

1. Micro Premium Device to be Physical Protocol Length Reference Weight PLCs connected link kg TSX SCP 111 DTE terminal RS 232D Character mode 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 PCMCIA card 2 1 10m TSX SCP CD 1100 0 620 DCE terminal RS 232D Character mode 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 Modem etc 2 Uni Telway NN os TSX SCP 114 TSX SCA 50 RS 485 Character mode 3m TSX SCP CU 4030 0 160 PCMCIA card T junction box 2 wire Uni Telway 1 3 isolated ri RS 422 485 Character mode 3m TSX SCP CM 4030 0 160 2 wire Modbus TSX SCA 62 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCP CU 4530 0 160 2 channel 2 wire subscriber isolated socket 4 DTE terminal RS 422 485 Modbus 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 3 4 wire TSX SCP 112 Active or 20 mA Character mode 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 PCMCIA card passive current Uni Telway terminal 3 loop Modbus il TER AUX TSX P ACC 01 RS 485 Uni Telway 1m Included with TSX P ACC 01 ports 5 junction box TSX P ACC 01 RS 485 Uni Telway 2m T FTX CB1 020 0 100 junction box for FTX 117 5m T FTX CB1 050 0 190 DTE terminal RS 232 Character mode 3m TSX PCD 1030 0 170 6 Ja 1 End of connecting cable fitted with 1 25 way m
2. Examples of encoder connections Examples of auxiliary input connections 1 4 D J Auxiliary input sensor 7 Pp i Oe KEN 24v power supply i D iS oc 1a 2 d 107 S Read 1 input dita DEE Telefast 2 207 ot 108 leie Lt S Read 2 input 2 6 5 oye SC dn L ES are amp Recalibration input zi D om EI U JlLsplsispleigeisplekiekrek 204 ABE 7H16R20 103 0 _ Encoder supply monitoring 10 30 V 5 ___ e Kit 5V Encoder l 101 62 supply Telefast 2 e fal lels lels ABE 7CPA11 Example of track output preactuator in SE Track output preactuator connection SES 24 V power supply i E Se Track 3 01 33 ro 210 3 age Telefast 2 Hee J Track 2 019 2 209 Se rech Q1 3 3 SR 208 L 108 a Track d Q0 3 3 ole lolol lsle alale sie Eel 207 ABE 7H16R20 107 z Track 7 ao 2 7 Groups 1 and 3 100 701 e e e 05 2 E Li Track Joes a Track 5 Loge SC S Track a Q02 4 Groups 0 and 2 103 Opp Track 3 aves 1 Incremental or absolute encoder SC Track 2 Qo 2 2 1a Incremental or abso
3. ly 24V RE ower supply Axis 3 Axis 1 OI IFE TSX CAY 41 10 Telefast 2 ufo SIE H is gt Jolo fol 8 8 ABE 7H16R20 Telefast 2 EH z7 7 E z T ABE 7CPA11 11 ra PIE Power supply 24 V TE auxiliary WO sensors 12 H sz Telefast 2 Joffe fseleletelele UI Teele ololofo lela 8 a 38 8 BIS Bes SRR ABE 7H16R20 Incremental or absolute encoder 5 V RS 422 incremental encoder Parallel output absolute encoder TSX CAP S15 connector TSX CCP S15 eee cable with connectors TSX TAP S15 05 connector IB 7 NC Sup Ret 8 IB 5V IZ 5V 9 NC IZ 10 OV IA 5V 11 NG IA 12 5V TSX CAP S9 connector TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connector TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector 10 TSX CDP ee3 cable with connector 11 TSX CDP e preformed cable with connector 12 TSX CDP ee3 cable with connector OO P GO A ojan Oo Po oon Examples of speed reference signal connections a GND ANA link 21 i terminals 5 11 15 and 19 Vref 3 Axis 3 Vref 2 Axis 2 Vre Axis 1 Vref 0 Axis 0 Speed drive with differential inpu
4. Telefast 2 Auxiliary UO HE 10 20 way ABE 7H16R20 0 300 connection axes 0 1 power supply 24 V 1 for 2 axes sub base Additional 20 shunted terminals Order in multiples of 5 ABE 7BV20 0 030 terminal for ABE 7H16R20 sub base block Connecting cables Description From TSXCFYe1 To Length Reference Weight module kg ABE 7H16R20 Cables HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 sub base 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 cross section connector HE 10 connector 0 324 mm 20 way 20 way 1m TSX CDP 103 0 150 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 TSX CDP es Cables HE 10 Auxiliary Up 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cross section connector axes 0 1 power supply 24 V 0 324 mm 20 way flying leads at I O end 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 Connecting cable for Phytron power module for stepper motor Description From To Length Reference Weight kg Cable for TSX CFYe1 SP or MSD 6m TSX CXP 611 Phytron 15 way power module power module SUB D 25 way SUB D 2 connector connector TSX CDP e01 1 Includes a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 See addresses page 43551 5 Premium automation Premium Motion control modules TSX CAY CFY module software setup PL7 Junior Pro setup software provides e SMOVE and XMOVE motion control functions for programming movements
5. pe l Examples of connecting auxiliary I O rity 7 Auxiliary 1 0 e ela 24 V power supply ai IR ET 8 F ue LE Reflex ENG Qo outputs Telefast 2 L 1140 1 4 7 Gar 311 O __ Frequency L 111 ot output r 1100 SEKR sellele Sp ae Cap Channeli ABE 7H16R20 We r 1090 Enable ABE 7BV20 L zo roo 18o IPres1 i Preset L Lg r r E a1 bs 1130 Reflex ao r 312 0 outputs L 1120 1_ 4 Q3 ii l en Frequency L 10701 output ceo o De 1 Incremental encoder apt ea Channel 0 2 SSI serial absolute encoder fitted with its cable oe LI 3 Parallel output absolute encoder IValo A Enable 4 TSX TAP S15 05 24 connector L 205 0 TSX TAP S15 05 TSX TAP S15 24 IPresO OW Preset 1 IB 7 NG 1 NG 7 L ag 2 Powerret 8 IB 5V 2 NC 8 l 3 1Z 5V 9 NC 3 1Z 24V 9 4 N 1 E j S S 5V e D 5 24V H 1030 Reference voltage 6 IA 12 5V 6 NC 12 10 30 V Io 5 TSX CCP S15eee cable with connectors SE me 6 TSX CAP S15 connector PowWETSUPRY 100 7 TSX CDP ee1 preformed cable with connectors L 5V 8 TSX CDP ee2 or TSX CDP ee3 rolled ribbon or preformed cable with connectors Lo Dimensions TSX TAP S15 05 24 31 Label 55 xg 70 4 27 4 Mounting through enclosure dust and damp proof cut out 37 maximum panel thickness 5 mm 43541 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43541 3 TS
6. Parameters which can be accessed in configuration mode 1 For characteristics of the communication module integrated channel see page 43591 2 2 With the TSX P57 3e3 453 processor data rate up to 115 Kbps during program uploading 3 Point to point or multidrop link 43596 2 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43596 2 Asynchronous serial links References TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCP 110 TSX P ACC 01 Asynchronous serial link elements character mode Description Protocol Physical layer PLC Reference Weight 1 kg Integrated link on processor Character mode Uni Telway Please consult our specialist catalogue RS 485 Micro non isolated TSX PCX Premium See page 0451Q 2 Communication Character mode 1 isolated RS 485 TSX PCX TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module Uni Telway integrated chan Premium Modbus Jbus channel 0 1 type III PCMCIA card slot channel 1 Type Ill PCMCIA Character mode RS 232 D 9 signals TSX SCP 111 0 105 cards for Uni Telway 0 3 19 2 Kbps TSX 37 21 22 Modbus Jbus PLC TSX PCX RS 485 RS 422 compatible TSX SCP 114 0 105 Premium processor 0 3 19 2 Kbps or TSX SCY 21601 module 20 mA CL TSX SCP 112 0 105 0 3 19 2 Kbps A
7. Configuration A GT Incremental encoder input i Detector inputs arameters signals or j A SSI absolute encoder inputs encoder or SSI Parallel output encoder inputs absolute encoder Auxiliary I O Enable input 1 Read input Preset input Upcounting downcounting h function and measurement proes with processing measurementcomparison gt Reflex output 0 with 2 thresholds Reflex output 1 event management Output 2 1 speed monitoring Programmable frequency output 3 Counter modules are set up using PL7 Junior Pro software see page 43100 2 This requires the use of TSX P PCX 57e e2 3M processors 1 The enable input and output 2 cannot be used simultaneously 43541 2 Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Characteristics References page 43541 5 Electrical characteristics Type of module TSX CTY 2C Modularity 2 channels Frequency on counter inputs Counting 1 MHz With phase shifted signal encoder multiplication by 1 500 kHz multiplication by 4 250 kHz Consumption mA See page 43605 2 Dissipated power W 7 typical 10 max Sensor power supply check Yes Module cycle time ms 1 for 2 channels Event processing ms response time Acceptance of event triggered input enable read preset and positioning of a reflex output 1 ms discrete output modu
8. Type Output signal Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight of outputs range channels 1 kg Analogue 10V 11 bits Screw terminal 4 channels TSX ASY 410 0 350 isolated 0 20 mA sign block 2 4 20 mA Analogue 10V 13 bits 1 x 25 way 8 channels TSX ASY 800 h with common 0 20 mA sign SUB D 3 TSX ASY 800 point 4 20 MA connector 1 Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 TSX BLY 01 screw terminal block not supplied To be ordered separately 3 The number of TSX ASY 800 modules is limited to 2 per rack with double format power supply when this supplies the 24 V voltage required by outputs See power supply modules selection page 43605 3 43530 6 Premium automation platform Analogue I O modules References continued Characteristics pages 43530 4 and 43530 5 Connection accessories Description Compatible with Use Reference Weight module 1 kg Telefast 2 TSX AEY 800 Distribution of 8 channels on screw ABE 7CPA02 0 290 sub bases TSX AEY 810 2 terminals TSX AEY 1600 ABE 7CPA0e TSX ASY 800 3 TSX AEY 420 800 Distribution of 8 channels with ABE 7CPA03 0 330 TSX AEY 1600 common point on screw terminals protected sensor supply continu
9. AS i gateway K Premium Dust and damp proof AS i TBX The Fipio fieldbus is a standard means of communication between different control system components It enables 127 devices to be connected at the connection point integrated in the processor This fieldbus conforms to the WorldFip standard based on producer consumer mechanisms It is designed for remote location of I O up to 15 km away and enables a third party Schneider Alliances device to be installed The bus arbitrator manager can be a Premium PLC TSX PMX or PCX or TSX PMX model 40 or April 5000 For characteristics Fipio bus wiring system and connection accessories see pages 43597 2 to 43590 3 Connectable devices Schneider Electric devices which can be connected on the Fipio bus include e Micro Premium Agent function PLCs via PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 card version 1 8 minimum e CCX 17 operator panel version gt 2 4 via PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 card version 1 8 minimum e Magelis XBT F graphic screen terminal via PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 card version 1 8 minimum and Magelis TXBT F graphic station via PCMCIA TSX FPP 20 card e Momentum distributed discrete analogue or application specific I O with 170 FNT 110 01 communication module V1 0 minimum TBX distributed discrete 1 or analogue UO IP 20 with TBX LEP 030 communication module version gt 1 2 TBX distributed discrete dust and damp proof I O IP 65 2 ATV 16 58 66 variable speed drives TBX SAP 10 Fipio
10. Aro ARORA Software ARTEC Systems Asco Joucomatic AspenTech Atlas Copco Automated Mining Systems Automated Solutions Inc Automation amp Control Technologies Inc Automation amp Syst mes Automation Science Inc AVG Automation B Beckwood Services Inc Bihl amp Wiedemann Bitronics Inc BLH Electronics Inc Cc Cape Software Ci Technologies Pty Ltd CimQuest Inc Products Group Cimtech Codra Commercial Timesharing Inc Control Techniques Drives Inc ControlSoft Inc Curry Controls Company Cutler Hammer Inc CyberLogic Technologies Inc Cycle Software Inc D Danfoss Electronic Drives Data Linc Group Delta Computer Systems Inc DLRA Projects Pty Ltd Doble Engineering E ELECTRO Industries Gaugetech Endress Hauser Escort Memory Systems Etic ExperTune Inc 4361 4 3 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances Partnership directory Partner products Product category Company Communication interface boards Communication software Communication hardware HMl Operator panel HMI SCADA Programming software El
11. TSX RKY eEX Premium extendable rack TSX PSY eeeeM power supply module TSX P57 353M 453M Premium processor with integrated Fipio link TSX ETY 110 Ethernet TCP IP network module TSX ETY 210 Ethway Ethernet TCP IP network module TSX SCY 21601 communication module for type II PCMCIA card TSX DSY eeK discrete output modules for redundancy TSX DEY eeK discrete input modules for redundancy TSX LEP 030 Fipio communication module for TBX base units with TSX BLP 01 connector TBX DES 16ee distributed discrete output TBX base units shared TBX DSS 16ee distributed discrete output TBX base units shared with TBX CBS 010 cache cable 170 FNT 110 00 Fipio communication module for Momentum base unit with TSX FPP ACC2 connector 170 ADI AAI ADM eee discrete or analogue I O Momentum base unit ABE 7ACC11 10 Telefast 2 sub bases for redundant I O ABE 7 e16 0ee Telefast 2 connection sub bases LA4 DT2U time delay relay designed to desynchronise starting of the Normal PLC and the Backup PLC during simultaneous power up TSX SCP 114 type III PCMCIA card for Modbus Slave communication 490 NTW 000 ee preformed connection cable with RJ 45 connector for interconnecting TSX ETY 110 modules shielded twisted pair TSX FP CA e00 Fipio bus trunk cable shielded twisted pair TSX CDP e53 preformed connection cable with HE 10 connector length 0 5 1 2 3 or 5 m ABF H20H008 preformed connection cable with H
12. point mon point Vrms mon point Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1500 V rms 1000 V rms Betweenchannels andearth Between channels and earth Betweenchannels andearth Betweenchannels andearth Betweenchannels andearth 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 51 ms normal scan 126 4 ms normal scan 1 ms 3 ms channel used 3 3 ms channel used fast scan fast scan User definable filtering User definable filtering 2 5 ms 5 ms 0 to 6 50 s 0 to 3 82 s 12 bits 16 bits 11 bits sign 13 bits sign for voltage Two 25 way SUB D connectors 25 way SUB D connector 25 way SUB D connector orvia 2 Telefast 2 sub bases ABE 7CPA02 03 TSX AEY 1600 43530 6 or 1 Telefast 2 sub base ABE 7CPA02 31 TSX AEY 810 or 1 Telefast 2 sub base ABE 7CPA03 21 TSX AEY 420 20 way screw terminal TSX BLY 01 TSX ASY 410 13 bits for current 25 way SUB D connector or 1 Telefast 2 sub base ABE 7CPA02 TSX ASY 800 0472Q 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43530 4 and 43530 5 References pages 43530 6 and 43530 7 Analogue I O modules Presentation description Presentation Analogue I O modules for Premium PLCs are equipped with e Either one 25 way SUB D connector
13. Integrated Web application size Functions offered by the module 43601 3 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network Functions Presentation Level 3 Factory Site Network manager PC Internet PC Internet Browser Ethway Browser 10 Mbps Ethernet 10 100 Mbps Level 2 Momentum TSX Series 7 APRIL 5000 Cuentu Level 1 q a E DHA HOH ATV 58 VS ro Sena O oeo oon O D s E T XBT F Workshop building Device Magelis UO Scanning service TCP IP Uni TE message handling TCP IP Modbus message handling Integrated Web server access SNMP Ethway service TSX ETY 110 WS Ethernet module TSX ETY 410 Ethernet module TSX ETY 5101 Ethernet module Note The TSX ETY 110 110 WS TSX ETY 410 5101 Ethernet modules for Premium PLCs ensure transparent routing of X Way and Uni TE messages from a TCP IP network to an X Way network and vice versa 43601 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Functions continued I O Scanning service available on TSX ETY 410 5101 modules Schematic diagram MW word table Read Write Premium A Y i Ale Ons Ethernet TCP IP Zi 5 DG In
14. pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Connections TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 Dimensions page 43550 11 Operation characteristics Operation Block diagram of an axis ZS ee f Renee Configuration Servo loop Encoder input AKW MW parameters Servodrive speed reference output SMOVE function Auxiliary UO Cam input homing Processing processing Event input 0 WAW Recalibration input Emergency stop input l YolW Drive fault input Drive enable output Reflex output Axis control modules are set up using PL7 Junior Pro software see page 43553 2 Operating characteristics TSX CAY 41 42 Type of module TSX CAY 21 22 TSX CAY 33 Servo loop Proportional with feedforward and gain switching 2 ms period ia ms period Paths Speed profile Trapezoidal or parabolic Resolution Minimum 0 5 position unit per point Maximum 1000 position units per point Length of axis Minimum TSX CAY 21 32 000 points TSX CAY 41 32 000 points TSX CAY 33 256 points TSX CAY 22 256 points TSX CAY 42 256 points Maximum 32 000 000 points Speed Minimum 54 000 points min Maximum 270 000 points min Acceleration from 0 to VMAX Minimum S 10 Maximum ms 8 16 Operating modes OFF Measurement mode inhibition of servo loop The module operates in current speed and position acquisition mode DI
15. Presentation Counting functions are required for counting parts or events grouping objects incoming or outgoing flow control and measuring the length or the position of elements Premium PLCs perform these functions using TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules which have a counting frequency of 40 kHz maximum In a Premium PLC configuration the number of TSX CTY counter modules is added to the number of other application specific modules communication motion control and weighing See pages 4351 1 8 and 43513 5 They can be disconnected while powered up Counter modules are characterised by the number of channels e 2 channels with downcounting upcounting and up down counting functions for the TSX CTY 2A module e 4 channels with downcounting upcounting and up down counting functions for the TSX CTY 4A module The parameters of these functions are set by software configuration The modules accept 5 V or 10 to 30 V solid state output sensors incremental encoders proximity sensors photoelectric detectors and mechanical contact output sensors in this case the counting frequency is limited to 100 Hz Description The front panel of TSX CTY 2A 2 channel and TSX CTY 4A 4 channel counter modules comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D type connector per channel for connecting e Counting sensors or incremental encoder Sensor power supply e Encoder supply feedback for checking it is correctly supplied 2 One 20 way HE10 type conne
16. at 24 V Indicator lights Power supply data exchange collision and line status via communication port 48190 4 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10baseT 100baseTX interface Characteristics continued References page 48190 7 Characteristics of TF transceivers Mechanical characteristics Models 499 NTR 000 10 499 NTR 001 00 Operating temperature SE 0 to 60 Relative humidity 10 90 without condensation Dimensions L x H x D mm 40 x 140 x 80 Degree of protection IP 30 Approvals and conformity UL CE CUL 1950 FCC part B CSA 22 2 142 CSA 22 2 213M class 1 Div 2 certification pending Electrical characteristics Models 499 NTR 000 10 499 NTR 001 00 Types Ethernet 10 Mbps Ethernet 100 Mbps Interfaces 1 10baseT port with RJ45 shielded connector 1 100baseTX port with RJ45 shielded 1 10baseFL port with BFOC connector connectors 1 100baseFX port with SC connectors Medium Twisted pair cables or fibre optic cable Connectors 1 x 5 way Operating voltage V 18 32 safety low voltage safety low voltage Redundancy Power supply Consumption at 24 V mA 80 typical 160 typical 100 max 190 max Line length m Twisted pair 100 max Fibre optic 62 5 125 um 3100 max Max link attenuation dB 11 with fibre optic cable 50 125 um 14 with fibre optic cable 62 5 125 um In
17. q v KE z x w Premium Momentum Premium 1 OZD FIP G83 fibre optic transmitter see page 43590 3 Software setup A Premium Warm Standby redundant architecture is set up using PL7 Junior Pro software in exactly the same way as a standard non redundant process is set up It is however necessary to apply the rule that the application program of both the Normal and Backup PLCs must be completely identical Redundancy entails certain special features which if taken into account at the start of the development task are very simple to set up using the additional Premium Warm Standby application design software TLX CD CD3 WSBY P40E This software can be perform the following functions e Taking account of Normal Backup states during program execution e Sharing the database between the 2 PLCs via DFB user function blocks and EF elementary function blocks e Management of redundant in rack I O e Management of shared I O on the Fipio bus 43566 5 Premium automation platform Premium Warm Standby redundancy References Connections page 43566 7 References Description Type Reference Weight 1 kg Software packages Equipment with 1 station TLX CD WSBY P40E for setting up a Warm Standby redundant architecture on Premium Equipment with 3 stations TLX CD3 WSBY P40E Description Functions Reference Weight kg Ethernet TCP IP Identical to those of the TSX ETY 210 0 2
18. 0 VDC 2507 TSX CTY 4A Jl FIRE e Channel 2 J Channel 0 dE z 160 Channel 1 IZ 24V 140 4 amp DE f ame 3 wire PNP B 100 proximity sensor IB 24V Boy Channels 2 and 3 Channels 0 and 1 IA Pi IA 24 40 i GNDo l Examples of connecting auxiliary I O rr Auxiliary 1 0 4 24 V supply Q1 315 6 EC L WW Reflex SA ao H 7 outputs 5 Telefast 2 e E Ke eg ICapt1 G P Read L alle j Channel 1 1096 ABE E Wat 4 Enable ABE 7BV20 209 6 1 i nN 108 O IPres1 4 Preset L 28 kd IT aT 313 el L 113 O __ Reflex ao 312 0 outputs L 1120 1_ nN 106 o Gap Read L 27 D Channel 0 E l N 1 Incremental encoder 105 Enable 2 TSX TAP S15 05 24 connector Wald 295 6 _ __ TSX TAP S15 05 TSX TAP S15 24 1 IB 7 NC 1 NC 7 NC 14 Presa 2 Power ret 8 IB 5V 2 NC 8 IB 24 V IPres0 ER 3 IZ 5V 9 NC 3 IZ 24V 9 NC ar 4 IZ 10 OV 4 NG 10 OV L l 5 IA 5V 11 NC 5 IA 24V 11 NC r 6 IA 12 5V 6 NC 12 710 20N Io 3 TSX CCP S15 cable with connector Steen 1016 L 10 30 V 4 TSX CAP S15 connector PONET SURRY EE 5 TSX CDP ee1 preformed cable with connector and flying leads L 5V 6 TSX CDP ee2 or TSX CDP ee rolled ribbon or preformed cable with connectors ees Dimensions Connection interface for incremental encoder TSX TAP 15 05 24 Mounting through enclosure dust and damp proof cut out 37 maximum panel thickness 5 mm
19. BG e The Telefast ABE 7CPA02 sub base enables 8 A a eae L channels to be connected eat a ell d TG e The Telefast ABE 7CPA03 31 sub base enables the D DJO connection of 8 channels and Premium extension rack TSX CAP 030 provides channel by channel supply for 2 and 4 wire sensors with 24 V for sub base ABE 7CPA03 channel by channel isolated supply for 2 and 4 wire 24 V sensors for sub base ABE 7CPA31 ensures continuity of current loops when the SUB D connector is removed protects the current shunt within the modules against overvoltages TSX CAP 030 ATA HEAHEA ABE 7CPA03 31 e The Telefast ABE 7CPA12 sub base enables 16 thermo couples to be connected The terminal block is fitted with a temperature probe for cold junction compensation 43530 2 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43530 4 and 43530 5 References pages 43530 6 and 43530 7 Analogue I O modules Functions TSX AEY 420 TSX AEY 800 810 TSX AEY 1600 analogue input modules TSX AEY eee modules are high level analog input modules with 4 inputs for the TSX AEY 420 module 8 inputs for TSX AEY 800 810 modules and 16 inputs for the TSX AEY 1600 module Used with sensors or transmitters they perform monitoring measurement and process control functions for continuous processes
20. Bi ti ti Ai y Ethernet TCP IP Ethernet TCP IP with integrated Web server 10base5 AUI 10baseT RJ45 10baseT RJ45 CSMA CD CSMA CD 10 Mbps 10 100 Mbps Triaxial cable Double twisted pair Double twisted pair Fibre optic via Transparent Factory Fibre optic via Transparent Factory Hubs Switches or Transceiver Hubs Switches or Transceiver 64 500 to 2800 m depending on medium used 1 to 4 depending on processor or coprocessor used 1 with TSX P57 153M 2e3M and T PCX 57 203M 3 with TSX P57 3e3M and T PCX 57 353M 4 with TSX P57 453M Ethway Uni TE COM application to application TCP IP X Way Uni TE message handling or Modbus message handling Integrated Web server Integrated Web server Integrated Web server diagnostic diagnostic diagnostic Web user page 1 4 Mb Web user page 7 5 Mb TCP Open function UO Scanning UO exchanges 64 devices All types of Premium processor Standard format TSX ETY 110 TSX ETY 110 WS TSX ETY 5101 43601 13 o E N J 2 lt N Fipway Fip standard Modbus Plus Modbus Plus standard Jnet Isolated RS 485 20 mA CL Bus managed by bus arbitrator Rotating token Rotating token 1 Mbps Shielded twisted pair Fibre optic 32 per segment 128 on all segments 1 Mbps Twisted pair Fibre optic 32 per segment 64 on all segments 19 2 Kbps Twisted shielded pair 32 16 if SMC PLC in the
21. Output characteristics Type of output Auxiliary outputs 2 per channel Nominal voltage V SE Voltage limits Vv 19 30 up to 34 V possible limit 1 hr per 24 hr period Nominal current mA 500 Maximum voltage drop when ON V lt 0 5 Leakage current mA lt 0 1 Switching time us lt 250 Electrostatic discharge time s L R Switching frequency on inductive load Hz F lt 0 6 LI Compatibility with d c inputs All positive logic inputs with input resistance lt 15 kQ IEC 1131 2 compatibility Yes Protections against overloads and short circuits Current limiter and thermal tripping reactivated via program or automatically Protection against channel overvoltages Zener diode between outputs and 24 V Protection against polarity inversions Diode reverse mounted on supply 43540 3 Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Connections dimensions Characteristics page 43540 3 References page 43540 5 Connections Examples of connecting counter inputs CO me J Counter sensor e j 24 V supply 24 VDC 26 1 2 al 0VDC 2704 A a ano Telefast 2 B
22. TSX ETY 410 5101 TSX ETH PC 101M Ethernet TCP IP network modules Description No of modules Communication Integrated Web server Reference Weight per PLC profile Diagnostic Web user page kg Network 1 for 57 10 20 Ethway TSX ETY 110 0 370 modules for 3 for 57 30 Uni TE on TCP IP Premium 4 for 57 40 Modbus on TCP IP PLCs Yes 1 4 Mb TSX ETY 110 WS 0 370 available 1 Uni TE on TCP IP Yes TSX ETY 410 0 340 Modbus on TCP IP UO Scanning Yes 7 5 Mb TSX ETY 5101 0 340 available 1 Description Use Supplied with Reference Weight kg Network Extension Drivers for TSX ETH PC 101M 0 720 module for slot DOS 6 OS 2 2 2 ISA bus Short format Windows 95 PC compatible and Windows NT PC drivers Ethway protocol Drivers for TLX CD DRV M and Uni TE Windows 98 2000 on TCP IP also includes the OS 2 2 2 Windows 95 and Windows NT drivers Accessories and connection cables Description Reference Weight 2 kg For 10baseT interface RJ45 See page 48190 7 For 10base5 interface AUI See page 43616 3 1 Supplied with a CD ROM including the FactoryCast configuration software for the integrated Web server function and documentation in English 43601 13 Premium automation platform References page 48190 7
23. 30 000 TSX PSY 2600 S 25 000 15 000 12 000 26 000 TSX PSY 3610 D 35 000 19 000 50 000 TSX PSY 5520 D 35 000 19 000 50 000 TSX PSY 5500 D 35 000 19 000 19 000 50 000 TSX PSY 8500 D 75 000 38 000 77 000 5 Typical value given for 100 of inputs or outputs at state 1 Without remote power supply RJ 45 If using an external 24 V sensor power supply the consumption on the 24 V voltage should not be included 1 2 3 With remote power supply AUI 4 5 77 000 mW at 60 C 85 000 mW at 55 C or 100 000 mW at 55 C when using TSX FAN fan modules 43605 3 PremiumAutomation Platform Automation Product Certifications Product certifications and marine classification authorities In some countries certification of certain electrical components is enforced by law A standard conformity certificate is then issued by the official organization Each certified product must carry approval symbols when enforced Use on board merchant navy vessels generally requires prior approval certification of an electrical device by certain marine classification authorities Key Certification body Country CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada C Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia UL Underwriters Laboratories USA Key Classification authority Country BV Bureau Veritas France DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany GOST Institut de
24. Premium automation platform Communication architecture Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Ethernet Monitor Pro Ethernet TCP IP Ethway Ethernet TCP IP Uni TE Modbus A5000 A7000 Premium Premium Fipio Magelis CCX 17 Fipway Modbus Plus EI Momentum Kail sai HI UL HEIR AS i Bus Premium Micro Micro Micro Nano P XAL control si station Nano ATV e Sckegpider d P Allans G A Intelligent SIP JE z liek Nano Third party Geng products Eu 7 a Nano e 1 D A D FT 2100 43609 2 Digital HP etc PC compatible Ethernet TCP IP Modbus Quantum Web server Quantum Premium Web server Ethernet Premium Magelis TXBT F Modbus Plus Momentum Bridge Premium Modbus Plus Bus X Premium T XBT F Magelis Sensors Quantum Premium Premium Motor starter XAL control Intelligent XBL keypad station sensors Motor starter Thin Client PC compatible PC having only Windows and an Internet browser see page 43601 6 43609 3 Premium automation platform X Way communication X Way and the OSI model The International Standards Organisation ISO has put forward a reference model for communication structures divided into seven essential functions Entitled OSI Open Systems Interconnect it enables open systems to be int
25. TSX P57 153M T PCX 57 353M L TSX FP ACC 12 Application services When using the bus manager function the application services supported by the Premium PLCs are e Remote I O Remote UO modules are addressed by the PL7 application program as In rack I O with which they can of course coexist This service enables the exchange of UO status variables and output command variables These exchanges are carried out in a cyclical and deterministic manner and without intervention from the application program The manager also manages remote devices configuration in an aperiodic manner without intervention from the application program e Uni TE service X Way industrial message handling service suitable for MMI diagnostics and control functions requests of 128 bytes maximum e Application to application service This service consists of sending tables between 2 devices under the control of their respective application programs requests of 128 bytes maximum e Terminal transparency Terminals connected on a higher level X way network or on the manager PLC terminal port communicate with the devices on the bus This is also the case when the terminal is connected at the priority address 63 Processors and coprocessor Type and Memory capacity 1 0 Control Bus network Reference Weight max no Integrated PCMCIA capacity channel module 1
26. 0 or 4 common words for TSX model 40 stations with address 0 to 31 or for TSX 17 20 stations with address 0 to 15 43301 4 Premium automation platform X way communication Application services continued Application to application communication This consists of sending word tables between 2 devices via the user application program For the following types of PLC e Micro Premium transmission and or reception is via the DATA_EXCH text type data exchange function e TSX 17 and TSX model 40 transmission and or reception is via a TXT text block or a Uni TE OFB function block Premium Word table EXCH_DATA EXCH_DATA Transmission Reception Exchange of MW data tables The application to application communication service is particularly suitable for e Sending alarm messages from a PLC to a supervision station e Exchanging data tables between two PLCs controlled by the application programs of the transmission and destination device e Sending broadcast messages to all stations and devices Service Ethway Ethernet TCP IP 1 Fipway Fipio Uni Telway Size of application 256 bytes 128 bytes 128 bytes 240 bytes 2 application messages Note This service can be used between stations connected on different Ethway Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Fipio or Uni Telway networks on the same multinetwork architecture Telegram The telegra
27. 1 to 4 per configuration depends on the type of processor see page 43601 13 Connection of TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules can be connected in two ways e By a 10base5 interface AUI see page 43616 3 or accessories and connection cables e By a 10baseT interface RJ45 see page 48190 7 for accessories and connection cables Description of TSX ETY 410 5101 modules TSX ETY 410 5101 modules are single format modules which are installed in a rack slot of a Premium PLC station The front panel on the TSX ETY 410 5101 module comprises 1 A display block indicating the state of the module 2 A standard connector for 10baseT interface RJ45 The maximum number of modules permitted 1 to 4 per configuration depends on the type of processor see page 43601 13 Connection of TSX ETY 410 5101 modules TSX ETY 410 5101 modules can be connected by a 10base T interface RJ45 see page 48190 7 for accessories and connection cables 43601 10 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network Characteristics References page 43601 13 Characteristics of TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules Structure Type Heterogeneous industrial local area network conforming to IEEE 802 3 standard Topology Bus with active tap links for 10base5 medium Star network for 10baseT medium Method of access Direct access with collision detection according to IEEE 802 3 CSMA CD stand
28. 2 A 9 way female RS 232 SUB D connector CMD Tool software support configuration software 3 A 9 way female RS 232 SUB D connector InterBus S link this connector integrates an additional power supply for the fibre optic link Connectable devices The TSX IBY 100 or TSX IBX 100 module acts as the master on the InterBus S bus other Schneider Electric devices slaves which can be connected on the bus are e ATV variable speed drives e XBT BB operator terminals e Telefast IP20 I O interfaces e Momentum UO e AS i InterBus S gateway Any third party device conforming to InterBus S standard profiles 43602 3 Premium automation platform References page 43602 5 InterBus S bus Characteristics software configuration Characteristics of the bus supported by TSX IBY 100 modules or TSX IBX 100 coprocessors Type of bus Remote bus Installation remote bus Local bus InterBus loop Structure Type Industrial bus Physical interface RS 485 RS 485 with 24 V Wil Combined interface in cable vertically mounted signal and 24 V power supply Method of access Master Slave Transmission Mode NRZ Data rate 500 kbps Medium Twisted pair Special cable for Special cable 2x 1 5 mm Fibre optic Sensor and I O module Wave guide rail 24V power supply Infra red data transmission Rotating collector Physical configuration Length of a segment 400 m maxi 200 max in the loo
29. Betw channels V__ Common point 200 Common point Common mode betw channels None 200 None Max overvoltage overcurrent on 30 V voltage the inputs 30 mA current Standards IEC 1131 Consumption mA See page 43605 2 Type of input module TSX AEY 414 TSX AEY 1614 Number of channels 4 16 Input range e B E J K L N R S T U thermocouples or electrical range eB EJKENRS TU 13 63 mV thermocouples or electrical e Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 1000 2 or 4 wire temperature probes or ohmic range 0 400 Q 0 3850 Q 10 V 0 10 V 5 V 0 5 V 0 20 mA with external shunt or 1 5 V 4 20 mA 4 20 mA with external shunt range 80 80 mV Analogue digital conversion 16 bits 16 bits Read time Normal scan ms 550 70 ms channel Fast scan ms Max error at 25 C FS See page 43530 5 See page 43530 5 0 60 C FS See page 43530 5 See page 43530 5 Isolation Betw ch and bus V rms 1780 1000 Beta ch and earth Vrms 1780 1000 Betw channels Vrms 2830 Common mode Vv 240 or 100 between channels and earth 250 betw channels and earth 415 or 200 between channels 250 betw channels or 280 Max overvoltage overcurrent on 30 V powered up without 250 Q external resistance 30 V in differential mode the inputs 15 V powered down without 250 Q external resistance 25 mA powered up down with 250 Q external shunt Standards Sensor IEC 584 IEC 751
30. Depending on the choice made during configuration TSX AEY 420 800 810 1600 modules offer the following ranges for each of their inputs 10 V 0 10 V 0 5 V 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Functions e Scanning of input channels protection against overvoltages adaptation of signals by analogue filtering scanning by solid state multiplexing Adaptation to input signals gain selection drift compensation Digitisation of signals 12 bit analogue digital conversion for TSX AEY 800 1600 and 16 bit analogue digital conversion for TSX AEY 420 810 Converting input measurements to user format recalibration coefficient filtering scaling Module monitoring conversion circuit test range overshoot test terminal block presence test watchdog test Isolation of input channels on TSX AEY 810 Fast processing of inputs 1 ms on TSX AEY 420 TSX AEY 414 TSX AEY 1614 analogue input modules The TSX AEY 414 module is a multirange input module with 4 channels isolated from each other Depending on the choice made during configuration the following ranges are available for each of its inputs e thermocouples B E J K N R S T U or 13 63 mV electrical range e 2 or 4 wire Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 1000 temperature probe or ohmic range 0 400 ohms 0 3850 ohms e High level 10 V 0 10 V 5 V 0 5 V 0 20 mA with external shunt or 1 5 V 4 20 mA 4 20 mA with external shunt The TSX AEY 1614 mod
31. PC compatible workstation to the TSX ETY 110 WS 511 module and vice versa 1 Memory immune to power breaks and PLC resets 43601 7 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Functions continued TCP Open open access available on TSX ETY 110 WS modules Schematic diagram OSI model 6 Presentation Ethernet TCP IP profile Ethway profile 5 Session X Way datagram 4 Transfer TCP The Premium platform Ethernet modules support a number of communication protocols based on the TCP IP standard Among these the Modbus protocol has public specifications and its simplicity recommends it for the needs of communication with third party devices see Schneider Alliances partnership programme However for certain applications it may prove necessary to use other protocols This is the case when for example users wish to integrate Premium platforms into existing architectures which use a particular communication protocol possibly a proprietary one To meet these needs for open access 2 interface levels are included in the Schneider offer e A library of basic functions which can be used in C language enables direct access to the socket interface on TCP The user can thus create his own communication functions using SDKC development software and take advantage of the ease of use which this program offers in terms of
32. Performance continued Application response time PLC module processor exchanges are with the exception TT Report of telegrams TLG synchronous with the PLC cycle time gt i the same way as UO Ee When an SEA input state 1 for example a message can only be trans CT1 CTI GI II Saton 4 mitted after this input has been taken into consideration start of the following cycle and the PLC program has been We executed ie approximately 1 5 cycles after the event has appeared CT2 CT2 Station 2 TT Transaction time S CT1 Device 1 cycle time NAT Network access time CT2 Device 2 cycle time Network access time NAT shown in the table below as ms totals the module transit time and the delay before the message can be transmitted across the network Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Fipio Fipio Uni Telway manager agent Uni TE service 25ms lt 10ms 40 to 80 ms application to application Telegrams COM common words Service not available Transaction time TT includes the delay between the transmission of a message from a client station 1 its reception by a server station 2 processing the request sending back the response and its acceptance by station 1 update of an output for example As the block diagram above shows the duration of the transaction will be between e TImin 2 x CT1 2 x NAT minimum e TTmax 4x CTi CT2 2x NAT maximum Average durat
33. Premium e a Printer Selecting PCMCIA communication cards Protocol Multiprotocol Uni Telway Modbus Jbus Character mode Physical layer RS 232 D 9 signals RS 485 RS 422 20 mA CL PCMCIA card TSX SCP 111 TSX SCP 114 TSX SCP 112 Protocol Fipway Jnet Jnet Physical layer 20 mA CL RS 485 PCMCIA card TSX FPP 20 TSX JNP 112 TSX JNP 114 When configuring Premium PLCs the number of TSX SCY 21601 communication module channels must be added to the number of application specific channels TSX CTY counter TSX CAY CSY CFY axis control and TSX ISP weighing modules See pages 43511 5 43513 5 The TSX SCY 21601 communication module counts as 2 application specific channels Characteristics of the module integrated channel Structure Protocol Modbus Jbus Character mode ASCII Uni Telway Type Heterogenous industrial bus Asynchronous serial link Physical interface Isolated RS 485 Access mode Master Slave Half duplex Full duplex with RS 422 Transmission Binary speed 1 2 to 19 2 K bits s Medium Double twisted shielded pair Twisted shielded pair Configuration Number of devices 1 device point to point to 32 devices maximum 28 devices maximum 98 link addresses maximum Length of bus 1000 m excluding tap link Tap links 20 m maximum 15 m maximum Services See page 43595 3 See page 43596 2 See page 43594 2 43591 2 Premium automation platform Characteri
34. Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43598 3 References page 43598 3 Modem module Presentation description Presentation Micro Premium PLCs offer a Modem connection via the TSX MDM 10 module which enables them to be integrated into architectures suitable for telemaintenance telediagnostics teleadjustment telealarm or telemonitoring applications via the switched telephone network STN The level of integration allows the user to completely overcome Modem programming constraints A single PL7 function block can establish or break the telephone connection A control mechanism by password protects the application against hacking The user can on request connect from a distance to another PLC or a central station via the Uni Telway protocol or even briefly use the ASCII protocol to call a supervisor on a pager for example When using the Uni Telway protocol the characteristics of network transparency via the communication architecture are maintained For applications for which the TSX MDM 10 modem module is not suitable Schneider Electric has performance tested external modems which can be connected to the PLC terminal port to the integrated port on the TSX SCY 21601 card or to PCMCIA cards for asynchronous serial links Suppliers of these products are listed in the directories of partner products see pages 43614 3 to 43614 11 The list of approved modems can be obtained from your Regional Sales Offi
35. TSX SCA 62 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCY CU 6530 0 200 passive 2 wire subscriber isolated socket 2 channels 3 Terminal RS 485 Character 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 180 RS 485 2 wire mode 2 isolated End of connection cable fitted with 1 25 way SUB D male connector 2 Flying leads 3 15 way SUB D male connector 1 Product supplied with a multilingual instruction booklet English and French 2 The maximum number of TSX SCY 21601 modules depends on the total number of application specific channels allowed by the processor see pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Number of application specific channels of the TSX SCY 21601 module 2 3 Full duplex operation with RS 422 43591 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Presentation Premium platforms connect to the Ethernet TCP IP network via 4 modules e TSX ETY 110 which includes 2 communication profiles Ethway and TCP IP on Ethernet 10 Mbps e TSX ETY 110 WS which includes the same 2 profiles plus the integrated Web server function TSX ETY 410 which includes the TCP IP profile with the I O Scanning function on Ethernet 10 100 Mbps and reduced Web server e TSX ETY 5101 which includes the same profile as the TSX ETY 410 module plus the integrated Web server function Ethway and TCP IP profiles Notes on the OSI architecture OSI model Ethway profile E
36. WA 98005 United States for HVAC applications Modbus S S Technologies Inc Tel 1 519 725 5136 Universal Communication System Communication interface boards Modbus 50 Northland Road Fax 1 519 725 1515 Modicon RIO Interface Card Communication interface boards S800 Waterloo Ontario N2V 1N3 URL www sstech on ca QNX 4 X Device Administrator Communication software Modbus Plus Canada PICS Simulation software Miscellaneous software Autres X Link Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus Steeplechase Software 1330 Eisenhower Place Ann Arbor MI 48108 United States Tel 1 734 975 8100 Fax 1 734 975 8123 URL www steeplechase com Visual Logic Controller VLC PDK Miscellaneous software Autres SWAC Tel 49 89 316 8660 BTK 16 32 64 BT GDA HMl operator panel Modbus Plus Odenpullach 1 Fax 49 89 316 866 80 82041 Oberhaching URL www swac de Germany TA Engineering Co Inc Tel 1 925 376 8500 AIMAX for Windows HMI SCADA Modbus 1150 Moraga Way Fax 1 925 376 4977 Modbus Plus Moraga CA 94556 URL www ta eng com United States Tasnet Inc Tel 1 727 544 1555 Substation Automation and Communication interface boards Modbus 5271 102nd Ave North Fax 1 727 545 8975 Communication Software Systems Pinellas Park FL 33782 URL www tasnet com United States Toshiba Tel 1 713 466 0277 G3 Inverter Drive Modbus Plus 13131 West Little York Rd Fax 1 713 466 8773 Houston TX 77041
37. data transmission and reception on the SERCOS network e ERR lamp red lit internal module fault flashing module starting communication fault in compatible configuration or application missing e UO lamp red lit module wiring fault e INI lamp yellow flashing module reinitializing Channel diagnostic lamps green lit axis operating normally off configuration fault flashing serious error on axis 1 to 8 display of 8 real axes e 9 to 12 display of 4 imaginary axes e 13 to 16 display of 4 remote axes e 17 to 20 display of 4 coordinated sets 21 to 24 display of 4 follower sets A pencil point button to initialize the module Two mini DIN type 8 way connectors COM1 and COM2 for Schneider Electric use 43555 3 Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 Premium motion control module Characteristics References page 43555 5 Connections page 43555 5 TSX CSY 84 module operating characteristics Number of channels 32 configurable 0 to 31 channel 0 used for SERCOS ring configuration Type of axis Real axes connected to a servodrive 8 channels 1 to 8 Imaginary axes 4 channels 9 to 12 Set of axes 4 coordinated channels 17 to 20 Each set allows linear interpolation of 2 to 8 axes 4 follower channels 21 to 24 Each set can comprise a maximum of 7 axes 1 Master 6 Slaves in earing or camming Cam profile 7 channels 25 to
38. is the same as using 2 racks with 4 6 or 8 slots 3 Cumulative maximum values the I O on Fipio are not counted 4 The second value corresponds to the capacity of the integrated RAM when the application program is supported by the extension memory 5 For other accessories and Fipio bus connecting cables see pages 43597 6 and 43590 3 43589 5 Premium automation platform References page 43593 3 Fipio bus Agent function Presentation application services software setup Presentation April 5000 emaa TSX Series 7 Ly Premium 00 V i 9 CCX 17 EEN Fipio bus remium Intelligent VR d contro sensor at i Baas As i bus i Micro TSX 37 21 22 or Premium PLCs fitted with a TSX FPP 10 PCMCIA card on their integrated communication channel are agents on the Fipio bus The bus manager is a TSX P 57 153 253 353 453 T PCX 57 203 353 TSX Series 7 model 40 or April 5000 PLC The Fipio bus enables I O to be remotely located close to the devices to be controlled Momentum Altivar etc The Agent function enables offline processing by locating a Micro PLC close to the machine In addition to the standard Fipio services see pages 43301 3 to 43301 5 Micro TSX 37 21 22 and Premium PLCs allow exchanges of input and output variables with the bus manager PLC These exchanges are performed cycl
39. page 43599 4 References Description Number per Use Ref Compo Reference Weight PLC no sition 1 kg Modbus Plus 1 with Micro Type Ill slot on 1 1 type Ill TSX MBP 100 0 110 PCMCIA card TSX 37 21 22 TSX 37 21 22 PLC PCMCIA 1 with TSX 57 10 20 30 40 card Premium processor TSX PCX T PCX 57 20 30 TSX MBP 100 coprocessor Description Connection Ref Reference Weight no 1 kg een DEE Communication module for Modbus Plus network 2 170 PNT 110 20 0 110 1 en Momentum UO base units on Momentum UO ba Be oer base units bal mg es Connection accessories 2 170 PNT 110 20 Description Use a Reference Wer Modbus Plus IP 20 tap for tap link 5 990 NAD 230 00 0 230 local site connection tee taps IP 65 tap for tap link 6 990 NAD 230 10 0 650 connection tee supports 1 RJ 45 connector on front panel IP 20 tee with 2 RJ 45 connectors F 170 XTS 020 00 0 260 for Modbus Plus cable and 1 9 way SUB D connector for tap link devices Line 2 impedance adaptors for local site 11 AS MBKT 185 terminators sold in lots of 2 tap IP 20 990 NAD 230 00 2 impedance adaptors for local site 11 990 NAD 230 11 tap IP 65 990 NAD 230 10 2 impedance adaptors for tee 12 170 XTS 021 00 IP 20 170 XTS 020 00 Fixing kit for For fixing on DIN rail for 990 NAD 230 12 IP 65 local tap 990 NAD 230 10 site tap Wiring For fitting trunk cables and 043 509 383 tool drop
40. processing of requests which remain synchronous with the PLC cycle 43301 8 Premium automation platform X Way communication Performance Processing capacity in terms of volume of exchanges The methodology presented below in 4 steps can be used to determine the message processing capacity as a function of the physical support Step 1 calculation of exchanges necessary tor the application Using the tables below calculate the exchanges necessary for the application ie for each station on the architecture and for each service used the number of messages to be transmitted and received per second Uni TE service Client Server message handling 1 Messages transmitted per Station A Station B second from Station N Total number of messages received er station Messages per Station A second Station B destined for Station N Total number of messages transmitted per station Application to application communication Messages transmitted per Station A Station B Station N second from Total number of messages received er station Messages per Station A second Station B destined for Station N Total number of messages transmitted per station Multinetwork architecture In a multinetwork architecture it is necessary to take into account messages transmitted or those destined for stations on other networks on the architecture for the Uni TE service and
41. 0 93 5240 4885 D 97816 Lohr am Main URL www indramat com Germany Industrial Systems Tel 1 205 824 0222 Voice MMI HMl operator panel Modbus Modbus Plus Monitoring AdVoTech Fax 1 205 824 0291 ISM communicator HMl operator panel Modbus 3201 Lorna Road URL www voicemmi com Birmingham AL 35216 United States Integrated Control Tel 1 978 557 5882 IBS 802 gateway Interbus S Communication hardware Modbus Plus Technology Inc Fax 1 978 557 5884 871 Turnpike Street Suite 208 URL www ictglobal com North Andover MA 01845 United States Integrated Industrial Tel 1 412 828 1200 IFC 020 2 Axis resolver Motion axis control Quantum Technologies Inc Fax 1 412 828 0320 221 Seventh Street Suite 200 URL www i2t inmotion com SCM 020 120 Stepper Motor Motion axis control Quantum Pittsburgh PA 15238 Control Compact United States Intellution Tel 1 781 769 8878 Fix Dmacs HMI SCADA Modbus Plus 1 Edgewater Drive Fax 1 781 769 1990 Norwood MA 02062 URL www intellution com United States IPAC Technologies Inc Tel 1 219 464 7212 IPACT SA85 Device Driver Communication software Modbus Plus 260 South Campbell Fax 1 219 462 5387 IPACT Communication Library Communication software Modbus Plus Valparaiso IN 46385 URL www ipact com United States Itmi Aptor Tel 33 0 4 76 41 40 00 CIU communicator Communication hardware Ethway 61 Chemin du Vieux Ch ne Fax 33 0 4 76 41 28 05 Fipway F 38244 Meylan France Kuka Tel 33 0 1 69 79 80 00 KR C1 robot controller M
42. 14 Di TSX FP ACC 3 TSX FP ACC 4 TSX EF ACC 99 Fipway network Fipio bus connection accessories 1 Description Use Reference Weight kg Female connector for Connection by daisy chaining TSX FP ACC 2 0 080 TSX FPG 10e module or tap link TSX 17 micro PLCs Zamac material Female isolating connector Connection by daisy chaining TSX FP ACC 12 0 040 for devices with or tap link 9 way SUB D Black polycarbonate material IP 20 connectors Insulated bus connection Trunk cable tap link for connecting TSX FP ACC 14 0 120 box the 24 V power supply of black polycarbonate IP 20 TBX dust and damp proof modules Trunk cable tap link supports TSX FP ACC 3 0 090 2 x 9 way SUB D female connectors for PCMCIA card cable TSX FP CG 010 030 For connecting 24 V power supply of TBX dust and damp proof modules Dust and damp proof Trunk cable tap link supports TSX FP ACC 4 0 660 bus connection box 1 x 9 way female SUB D zamac material IP 65 connector for PCMCIA card cable TSX FP CG 010 030 Trunk cable tap link via TSX EF ACC 99 0 715 2 M23 connectors Remote 24 V power distribution via 7 8 connector PC compatible terminal connection via 9 way female SUB D connector Line terminators 2 impedance adaptors TSX FP ACC 7 0 020 Sold in l
43. 1m TSX FP CG 010 0 210 PCMCIA card T junction 9 way miniature SUB D connector 3m TSX FP CG 030 0 410 connector TSX FP CG 010 030 1 Product supplied with bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 For other Fipway network accessories and connection cables see pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 43592 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43599 3 Connections page 43599 4 References page 43599 5 Modbus Plus network Presentation Presentation The Modbus Plus network is a high performance industrial local network which can respond to Client Server type extended architectures combining a high data rate 1 Mbps simple and economical transmission support and several message handling services Premium Ethernet TCP IP or Fipway Quantum Momentum Modbus Plus Modbus Plus bridge IK Modbus Plus A Gateway Quantum Modbus 4 O m TT Modbus device The main data exchange functions between all devices connected to the network are e The message exchange function according to the Modbus protocol e The global database function Shared Table service periodic controlled by the application a station with the token can send 32 words to a maximum of 63 other stations connected on the network 1 The Premium or Micro client communicates with the Quantum server on the Modbus Plus network 2 The Quantum client comm
44. 2 Premium automation platform Fipio bus Agent function Description references TSX FPP 10 WENN ENN St Lal E a ie di Ess Ava aos EF nz S Bigs s ER LI D e 170 ENT 110 01 TSX FP ACC 3 TSX FP ACC 4 ef TSX FP CG 010 030 Description Micro TSX 37 21 22 Premium PLCs have a slot in the processor for a type Ill PCMCIA communication card This can be fitted with a TSX FPP 10 Fipio bus connection card The TSX FPP 10 card comprises 1 A protective cover 2 A removable cover with fixing screws giving access to the 20 way miniature connector 3 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card fault link fault COM lamp transmission or reception of data Connector to be ordered separately 4 TSX FP CG 010 030 1 or 3 m cable for connecting the TSX FP ACC 4 tap junction on 9 way SUB D connector References Fipio bus connection component Description Composition Reference Weight kg Fipio Agent 1 type III PCMCIA card TSX FPP 10 0 110 function card 1 Version V1 8 Description Connection Reference Weight 1 kg Communication Fipio Bus 170 FNT 110 01 0 110 module for on Momentum UO Momentum UO base units base units Fipio bus connection accessories 2 Description Use Reference Weight kg Insulated bus Trunk cable tap link supports TSX FP ACC 3 0 090 cable connec
45. 2 Dissipated power Ww 4 5 typical 6 maximum 8 typical 11 5 maximum Sensor power supply check Yes Yes Module cycle time ms 5 10 Event processing response time ms Acceptance of event triggered input enable read preset and positioning of reflex output on TSX CTY 2A 4A 1 ms discrete module output TSX DSY 8122 2 1 ms TSX DSY 32T2K 3 2 ms Input characteristics Type of input Counter inputs Auxiliary inputs IA IB IZ preset enable read Nominal Voltage Vv 5 24 24 values Current mA 18 18 i Limit Voltage Vv a55 19 30 up to 34 V possible 19 30 up to 34 V possible values limit 1 hr per 24 hr period limit 1 hr per 24 hr period At state 1 Voltage Vv 22 4 zi 211 Current mA gt 3 7 for U 2 4 V gt 6 for U 11 V gt 6 for U 11 V At state 0 Voltage Vv SS lt 5 lt 5 Current mA lt 1 for U 1 2 V lt 2 for U 5 V lt 2 for U 5 V Logic Positive Positive Positive Sensor voltage check At loss of 24 V ms SE response time At return of 24 V ms lt 10 Input impedance for nominal U Q 400 1400 3400 Input impedance for U 2 4 V Q gt 270 RS 422 compatibility Response time Maximum permissible frequency 40 kHz with incremental encoder lt 250us Immunity 1 6 ms with mechanical contact Type of input Resistive Resistive Current sink IEC 1131 conformity Type 2 Type 2 2 wire proximity sensor compatibilit 2 wire 3 wire 2 wire 3 wire
46. 29 bits CAN V2 0B standard by SEND_REQ generic function block e Explicit transmission of CAN PDU using identifiers on 11 bits CAN V2 0A standard by SEND_REQ generic function block Reception of this type of identifier is not supported 1 Possibility of doubling the length by connecting 2 buses on the same TSX CPP 100 PCMCIA card References Description Services No of modules Use Reference Weight per PLC PC 1 kg CANopen cyclic 1 on TSX P57 Processor or TSX CPP 100 0 120 Master exchange PDO 203 3e3 453M coprocessor PCMCIA CMS message 1 on T PCX 57 communication E card handling SDO 203 353 port slot j management Supplied with of bus operating 6 m cable modes Separate parts Description Use Reference Weight k TSX CPP 100 a Tap Tap connection for the TSX CPP 100 card TSX CPP ACC 1 junction 15 way SUB D connector on 1 or 2 CANopen buses 9 way SUB D connectors CANopen Can be used to generate a configuration file for the TLX LFBCM module TSX CPP 100 module to be imported into the g configuration PL7 application TSX CPP ACC1 software 43615 3 9 Services Contents Documentation Indexes Product index Product reference index Technical information Power supply selection consumption table Certification of control system products Community regulations and protective treatment The Schneider Alliances partnership programme Schneider worldwide TSX PSYe pages 43900 2 and 43900 3
47. 43593 3 43597 6 PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports 43606 3 Fipway network Fipio bus fibre optic Uni Telway bus 43594 7 connection accessories 43590 2 TSX SCY C Connecting cables for integrated channel 43591 3 43594 7 TSX FP ACC Fipio bus connection accessories 48236 3 36360 3 TSX SUP 1 Process power supply units and modules 43560 3 43589 5 43593 3 43597 6 TSX SUPA AS i bus power supply unit and module 43612 3 10028 4 Product reference index Reference Description Page Process power supply units and modules 43560 3 TSX TAPM Splitter block 43550 5 TSX TAPS Encoder connection interface for counter module 43540 5 electronic cam module 43542 4 measurement and counter module 43541 5 motion control module 43550 5 TSX TLY Bus X line terminators for racks 43510 4 43514 3 T XBT F Graphic stations 36354 3 V VY1 X Cable with splitter block for ATV 58F variable speed drive 43550 6 X XBT E Terminals with 2 or 4 lines of 40 characters 36337 3 XBT F Terminals with graphic screen with touch sensitive keys and screen 36353 3 XBT FC Terminals with touch sensitive screen 36361 3 XBT H Display units with 2 lines of 20 characters 36332 3 XBT HM Display units with 8 lines of 40 characters 36351 3 XBT L Software for operator dialogue terminals 36359 5 XBT L1 Downloadable protocols for operator dialogue terminals 36359 5 XBT MEM PCMCIA memory cards for t
48. 65 484 78 77 Acera Road e ses PO Box 22792 Kitwe 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65 Fax 65 484 78 00 A 7 02 17 20 Tech Point www schneider electric com sg an e Schneider SCT S e E Singapore 569059 Zimbabwe Liaison Office 7 Tel 268 4 707 180 Slovak Republic ll Schneider Electric Slovakia spol s r o Tel 421 7 552 40 10 20 E Sirge comer Livingstone Avenue Fax 1264 4 70T T6 Borekova 10 Fax 421 7 552 40 00 SK 821 06 Bratislava www schneider electric sk Slovenia EE Tel 386 61 168 5007 Num SA 21 avenue Marechal Foch BP 68 Tel 33 0 1 3423 6666 Techniski Biro Dunasjka 106 pp 69 61000 Ljubljana Fax 386 61 168 5426 South Africa E Schneider Electric South Africa PTY Ltd Cnr Bekker amp Montrose roads 1685 Midrand Tel 27 11 254 6400 Fax 27 11 315 8830 www schneider electric co za South Korea E Schneider Electric Korea 3Floor Cheil Bldg 94 46 7 Ka Youngdeungpodong Youngdeungpo ku 150 037 Seoul Tel 82 226 30 97 00 Fax 82 226 30 98 00 www csinfo co kr schneider 95101 Argenteuil Cedex France Fax 33 0 1 3423 678 www num com Partnership company E Phytron Electronik GmbH Industriestr 12 D 82194 Gr benzell Germany Tel 49 0 8142 503 0 Fax 49 0 8142 503 190 www phytron com For all the other countries contacts are ensured by the Regional Divisions see next page g Telemecanique A0000 3 Schneider Electric worldwide Up date
49. 680 cables twisted and inside building pairs 150 Q 200 m TSX FP CC 200 10 920 500 m TSX FP CC 500 30 000 Fibre optic Double fibre For electrical 2m TSX FP JF 020 0 550 jumper optic 62 5 125 fibre optic repeater 1 The characteristics and performances of the Fipio bus Fipway network are dependent on the above TSX FP accessories being used 2 Normal environment without special environmental restrictions operating temperature between 5 C and 60 C fixed installations 3 Harsh environment resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder chips up to 100 humidity saline environment extreme variations in temperature operating temperature between 10 C and 70 C mobile installations Use in garland radius of curvature 10 x cable diameter either 80 or 95 mm For other special restrictions please consult your Regional Sales Office Dimensions TSX FP ACC 4 TSX FP ACC 6 TSX FP ACC 8M TSX FP ACC 14 175 2 27 220 116 160 z 205 104 2xO5 5 2x04 CECR Cp e 43597 7 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43590 3 References page 43590 3 Fipio and Fipway on fibre optic cables Presentation When a high level of withstand to electromagnetic interference is required two solutions are available for using fibre
50. 7 43542 4 Connection sub bases TSX CAP TAP 43542 4 low cost passive ABE 7H20 32 14025 2 Ethernet 10base5 network TSX ETH 43616 3 miniature passive ABE 7H16 14025 2 Ethernet 10baseT network 490 NT NO 48190 7 passive ABE 7HO08 16 14025 3 Fipio bus TSX FP ACC 48236 3 Connector for InterBus S bus 170 XTS 43602 5 and 43597 6 Coprocessor TSX EF 42315 10 InterBus S bus TSX IBX 43602 5 Fipio Fipway module TSX FP ACC 43589 5 Premium with integrated Fipio link T PCX 57 43513 5 43589 5 43593 3 43592 3 Cover for connection module XZ SDE XZ SDP_ 43611 3 InterBus S bus 170 ENO XTS 48243 5 Jnet network TSX SCA SCP _43603 3 Display units measurement and fast counter module ABE 7 43541 5 with 2 lines of 20 characters XBT H 36332 3 TSX TAP CAP__43541 5 with 8 lines of 40 characters XBT HM 36351 3 Modbus Jbus bus TSX SCA 43595 4 Documentation TSX D CD 43900 2 TSX SCP SCY 43595 4 TLX D Modbus Plus network 990 NAD 43599 5 490 870 USE 43900 3 Modem module TSXMDM 43598 3 Downloadable protocols for operator dialogue Momentum base units 170 XTS 48237 8 terminals XBT L1 36359 5 48248 4 and 48238 9 Dust and damp proof connector for motion control modules for stepper motors ABE 7B 43551 5 dust and damp proof output module TBX BAS 48243 5 ABE 7H16 43551 5 Momentum 424 700 48243 5 TSX CAP CDP 43551 5 operator dialogue terminals XBT Z 36359 5 Enclosure feedthrough racks TSX CBY RKA 43510 4 with CNOMO M23 c
51. AS i gateway 2 FT 2100 terminal via TSX FPP 20 card Schneider Alliances partner products see below Schneider Alliances Fipio bus openness Schneider Alliances is an industrial and commercial Schneider programme of cooperation between Schneider Electric and its partners offering automation products hardware T f F All lances and software system integration and other services to LEE E Sr E ELETE complement the Schneider Electric offer The programme was established to improve the connection of devices from other control system suppliers on the Fipio bus Connection of a wide variety of different brands of sensors and actuators offers the end user a choice of global high performance and low cost control system solutions Schneider Electric has integrated specific WorldFip mechanisms into its PLCs and software in order to make them accessible to any automation system engineer without any particular expertise in this area Schneider Electric products and partner products connected on Fipio then automatically reap the following benefits simplified description of architectures and configuration of equipment and also simple control system development and programming operation and maintenance Within the Schneider Alliances programme Schneider Electric has developed a range of products and services destined to facilitate the connection and integration of products and partner equipment on Fipio Please consult our speci
52. All 1952 4 4 4 Momentum 170 ADleee ADO3cee 832 F4 98 98 ADM 350 10 11 832 62 98 98 ADM 390 30 690 51 370 10 832 62 98 98 ARM 370 30 390 10 E 98 98 AMM 090 00 AAI 030 00 1808 52 52 98 AAO 120 00 921 00 f ANR 120 90 162 98 98 AAI 520 40 52 52 98 AAI 140 00 2304 40 40 92 TBX 2 3 AES 200 ASS 400 AMS 620 4 1332 62 70 126 for 2 or 4 channels AMS 620 4 1332 59 59 126 for 8 channels 50 50 114 for 10 or 12 channels CEP 1622 CSP 1622 CSP 1625 1152 31 31 31 DES ecee DMS eee DSS eee 5 1152 62 81 SAP 10 1808 52 52 IP 67 TSX EEF 08D2 EEF 16D2 832 62 98 1 0 ESF 08T22 EMF 16DT2 1808 L GER 52 Micro Premium TSX FPP 10 1424 74 62 Agent FipConnect profile FRD C2 832 62 FSD C8 896 62 FSD C8P 1808 52 FSD M8 1040 62 FSD M8P 1952 148 FED C32 1280 162 FED C32P 2304 40 FED M32 1424 62 FED M32P 2448 138 Not applicable 1 Address 63 is reserved for the programming and diagnostic terminal 2 Sharing the same device for several PL7 tasks is not allowed 3 Do not mix discrete and analogue base units on the same Fipio connection point 4 The number of analogue channels for TBX base units of the same type AES ASS or AMS is limited to 1008 5 The number of channels for TBX base units of the same type DES DMS or DSS is limited to 2048 43589 4 Premium automation platform Fipio bus manager function Application services references
53. Characteristics The table below summarises the main characteristics of Premium processors and coprocessors presented in pages 43511 6 43511 7 and 43513 4 Type of processor TSX P57 2e3M T PCX 57 203M__ TSX P57 3e3M T PCX 57 353M_ TSX P57 453M Number of racks Number of discrete I O 2 1024 1024 2048 Number of analogue channels 2 80 128 256 Number of app specific channels 2 24 32 64 Number of control channels 10 is 20 Process control functions Process loop 3 simple loops Cascaded loop Autoselective loop Setpoint programmer Network connections d 3 4 Fipio bus manager connection 1 integrated with model 1 integrated with model 1 integrated TSX P57 253M TSX T PCX 57 353M Third party bus connections 1 2 2 AS i bus connections 4 8 8 Memory Internal RAM Kwords 48 64 depending on model 64 80 or 80 96 depending on model 3 96 176 3 Capacity on PCMCIA card Kwords 160 384 el Memory occupation Kwords 5 per type of loop 5 per type of loop 5 per type of loop 0 5 per control channel 0 5 per control channel 0 5 per control channel 1 Maximum number of TSX RKY racks Using the TSX RKY 12EX rack 12 slots is the same as using 2 racks with 4 6 or 8 slots 2 The maximum numbers of discrete I O analogue UO and application specific channels are cumulative The number of remote UO is not counted 3 The second value corresponds to the capacity of the integ
54. Chile E Schneider Electric Chile S A Tel 56 2 444 3000 5116 Teheran Avda Presidente Eduardo Frei Montalva 6115 B Fax 56 2 444 3097 Ireland E Schneider Electric Ireland Tel 353 0 1 601 22 00 Conchali www schneider electric co cl Maynooth Road Fax 353 0 1 601 22 01 Santiago Cellbridge Co Kildare www schneiderelectric ie China E Schneider Beijing Tel 86 10 65 90 69 07 Italy E Schneider Electric S p A Tel 39 39 655 8111 Landmark bldg Room 1801 Fax 86 10 65 90 00 13 Centro Direzionale Colleoni Fax 39 39 609 1510 8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd www schneider electric com cn Palazzo Sirio Viale Colleoni 7 www schneiderelectric it Chaoyang District 20041 Agrate Brianza Mi 100004 Beijing Japan E Schneider Electric Japan Ltd Tel 81 354 74 44 74 Columbia E Schneider de Colombia S A Tel 57 1 413 80 08 SK Bldg Sendagaya Fax 81 354 74 44 70 Calle 45A 102 45 Fax 57 1 413 90 12 4 14 4 Sendagaya www schneider electric co jp Santafe de Bogota Bogota Shibuya Ku 151 Tokyo Costa Rica E Schneider Centroam rica Ltda Tel 506 232 60 55 Kenya E Schneider East Africa Tel 254 2 824 156 1 5 kmts Oeste de la Embajada Americana Fax 506 232 04 26 Power Technics Complex Fax 254 2 824 157 Apartado 4123 1000 San Jose www schneider ca com PO Box 46345 Nairobi C te d ivoire E Schneider Electric Afrique de l Ouest Sarl Tel 225 25 69 69 Kuwait Schneider Electric Kuwait Tel 965 240 75 46 18 B P 2027 Fax 225 25 69 86 Al
55. Communication interface boards Communication software Communication HMl Operator panel hardware HMI SCADA Programming software Electrical UO interface Pneumatic UO interface Drive Motion axis control Miscellaneous sensor Miscellaneous actuator Automation controller Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Services software hardware R RACO Manufacturing amp Engineering Robicon S SAF Drive Systems Ltd Schweitzer Engineering Lab Inc Sciaky Secheron Ltd Silicomp Simulation Sciences SISCO Inc Sofrel Telecontrol Spectrum Controls Inc S S Technologies Inc Steeplechase Software SWAC T TA Engineering Co Inc Tasnet Inc Toshiba TR Electronic TURCK Inc W Weed Instrument Westermo Wonderware X Xycom Inc 43614 5 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Company Tel Fax URL Reference Category Technology ABB Industrial Systems Inc Tel 1 414 785 3416 CDI 300 Drive Modbus Plus 16250 W Glendale Fax 1 414 785 0397 Advant OCS Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus New Berlin WI 53151 URL www abb com United Sta
56. DIN 43760 DIN 43710 NFC 42 330 PLC IEC 1131 Consumption mA See page 43605 2 43530 4 Premium automation platform References pages 43530 6 and 43530 7 Analogue I O modules Characteristics continued Input range for TSX AEY 414 Voltage current range 10 V_ 0 10VJ 5V 0 5V It AN 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 13 63 mV 0 4000 G 0 3850 Q Max error at 25 C FS 1 0 27 0 16 027022 0 27 0 36 0 45 0 19 0 13 0 22 Max error at 0 60 C FS 1 0 50 0 39 0 50 0 45 0 56 0 69 0 86 0 44 0 27 0 48 Temperature probe range Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 1000 Max error at 25 C Ke 12 2 5 1 Max error at 0 60 C C 2 4 5 2 Thermocouple range B E J K IL N R S il U Max error at 25 C IC 2 CG 35 6 1 Ue 7 8 13 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 4 EC 3 C 18 ES IS 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 4 LS HED Max error at 0 60 C IC 2 C 8 1 8 1 g5 10 5 9 8 8 7 i 12 8 8 7 3 EC 3 C 3 5 82 3 8 4 7 4 1 4 3 Tall 8 5 3 2 3 1 Input range for TSX AEY 1614 Thermocouple range B E J K IL N R S i U Max error at 25 C C 25 0 8 0 9 d 0 9 A 2 1 2 2 1 d 4 Max error at 0 60 C C 4 L 1 4 1 6 1 4 az 2 4 3 7 1 3 1 3 4 Characteristics of analogue output modules Type of output module TSX ASY 410 TSX ASY 800 Number of channels 4 8 Output range 10 V 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA outputs supplied by PLC or 24 V SELV external on TSX ASY 800 see age 43560 3 Analogue digital conver
57. Incremental SUB D 15 way 6 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interface for encoder 1 per axis incremental DN encoder RS 422 RS 485 Splitter Speed SUB D 9 way TSX TAP MAS 0 590 block references to 1 per TSX CAY servodrives module Telefast 2 Speed SUB D 9 way ABE 7CPA01 0 300 connection references 1 per TSX CAY module sub bases Auxiliary inputs reflex outputs HE 10 20 way ABE 7H16R20 0 300 UO power supply 24V 1 for 2 axes encoder power supplies 5 24 V Control signals HE 10 20 way ABE 7H16R20 0 300 servodrive 1 per TSX CAY module UO power supply 24V Adaptor Parallel output SUB D 15 way ABE 7CPA11 0 300 sub base absolute encoders 16 to 24 bits 5V 10 30 V TSX CAY 41 42 43 modules double format Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French Parallel output absolute encoders with ABE 7CPA11 adaptor interface 1 2 3 Totem Pole encoder with complementary Push Pull outputs 4 5 See pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 for key 43550 5 Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References continued Connections pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 Dimensions page 43550 11 Connecting cables Description From To No Length Reference Weight 1 kg Cables
58. Ltd Tel 852 25 65 06 21 304 Manama Room 3108 28 31th Floor Fax 852 28 11 10 29 Belgium E Schneider Electric nv sa Tel 32 2 373 7711 Sun Hung Kai Centre Dieweg 3 Fax 32 2 375 3858 30_Harbour Road Wanchai 1180 Brussels www schneider electric be Hungary Schneider Electric Hungaria Villamossagi Rt Tel 36 1 382 26 06 Brazil E Schneider Electric Brasil S A Tel 55 115 24 52 33 Feh rvari ut 108 112 Fax 36 1 206 14 29 Avenida Das Na es Unidas 23223 Fax 55 115 22 51 34 H 1116 Budapest www schneider electric hu Jurubatuba www schneider com br India E Schneider Electric India Pvt Ltd Tel 91 116 25 76 58 CEP 04795 907 S o Paulo SP D 27 South Extension Part II Fax 91 116 25 80 80 Bulgaria E Schneider Electric Tel 359 2 919 42 10 049 New Dehli www schneiderelectric in com Expo 2000 Boulevard Vaptzarov Fax 359 2 962 44 39 Indonesia E P T Schneider Indonesia Tel 62 217 50 44 06 1407 Sofia www schneiderelectric bg Ventura Building 7th Floor Fax 62 217 50 44 15 16 Cameroon E Schneider Electric SA Cameroun Tel 237 42 69 30 Jalan R A Kartini Kav 26 www schneider electric co id 16 rue de l h tel de ville BP12087 Fax 237 43 11 94 Cilandak Douala 2430 Jakarta Canada E Schneider Canada Tel 1 416 752 8020 Iran E Telemecanique Iran Tel 98 218 71 01 42 19 Waterman Avenue Fax 1 416 752 4203 047 Avenue VALI ASSR Fax 98 218 71 81 87 M4 B1Y2 Toronto Ontario www schneider ca P O Box 15875 3547
59. Modpac Plus RF Modem Communication hardware Modbus P O Box 5408 Fax 1 941 646 3899 Modbus Plus 1019 Pipkin Road URL www currycontrols com Lakeland FL 33811 United States Cutler Hammer Inc Tel 1 614 882 3282 PanelMate 500 HMl operator pane Modbus Plus P O Box 6166 Fax 614 895 7111 AMI 6000 HMl operator panel Modbus Plus 173 Heatherdown Drive URL www cutlerhammer com Westerville OH 43081 United States CyberLogic Technologies Inc Tel 1 248 740 9842 MBX Driver Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus 340 East Big Beaver Rd Fax 1 248 740 9821 Remote MBX Driver Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus Suite 208 URL www cyberlogictech com Virtual MBX Driver Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus United States MBX Bridge Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus Cycle Software Inc Tel 1 617 576 6900 Live Data Communication software Modbus Modbus Plus 130 Prospect Street Fax 1 617 576 6501 Live Data Quantum Communication software Quantum Suite 202 URL www livedata com Cambridge MA 02139 United States Danfoss Electronic Drives Tel 1 815 398 2770 VTL Series 5000 Drive Modbus Plus 2995 Eastrock Drive Fax 1 815 398 2869 Rockford IL 61109 URL www danfoss com United States 43614 7 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Company Tel Fax URL R
60. N i Description Preformed at Length Reference Weight 499 NEH 041 00 each end kg Shielded RJ45 type connector 2m 490 NTW 000 02 twisted pair cables 5m 490 NTW 000 05 12m 490 NTW 000 12 gt 40 m 490 NTW 000 40 a E a 80 m 490 NTW 000 80 vi DA Crossed RJ45 connector 5m 490 NTC 000 05 499 NES 071 00 shielded twisted pair 15m 490 NTC 000 15 cables 40 m 490 NTC 000 40 80 m 490 NTC 000 80 Fibre optic MT RJ SC duplex 5m 490 NOC 000 05 AAA cables connector orrr z MT RJ ST 5m 490 NOT 000 05 R connector 4 h MT RJ MT RJ 5m 490 NOR 000 05 S connector 174 CEV 300 10 e F Connection accessories Description Use Ethernet ports available Reference Weight kg Mini transceiver For connecting a 10base5 interface device 1 to a 10baseT Ethernet network segment twisted pair 1 10base5 port AUI type 1 10baseT port RJ45 type TSX ETH NTR1 1 For example a TSX Series 7 PLC equipped with a TSX ETH 107 Ethernet module 48190 7 Premium automation platform References page 43616 3 Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10base5 interface AUI Wiring system Wiring system TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules can take an AUI connector which enables direct connection to an Ethernet 10base5 segment with the accessories and cables described below Connection by 10base5 interface AUI E E EE W N
61. O r 0 if TSX 17 20 Bus X Micro TSX 7 CH addins For characteristics Fipway network wiring system and connection accessories see pages 43597 2 to 43597 5 Premium On PLO D c gt Performance The operating principle of a Fipway network gives ensured constant network cycle times whatever the traffic and number of stations 2 to 64 This enables the Fipway network to be updated addition or removal of stations without changing the performance Maximum transmission time e Telegram TLG priority application messages are transmitted in less than 10 ms one telegram per station Common words COM the database of common words is updated every 40 ms Shared Table the exchange table is updated every 40 ms Uni TE message handling system Uni TE or standard application to application messages are normally transmitted in less than 80 ms 40 ms for stations with addresses below 32 Where there is a large amount of traffic some messages can wait for several cycles before being transmitted The network characteristics enable a maximum of 210 messages of 128 bytes per second to be transmitted The performance can be improved by inhibiting the Telegram service in the network With such network characteristics the response time at application level depends almost exclusively on the H processing capacity of the devices which are connected For ex
62. Premium April 5000 April 2000 April 3000 April 7000 SMC 50 600 The Jnet network services exchange data between Series 1000 SMC 50 600 and Premium PLCs The principle is based on broadcasting of a local zone by each PLC word memory zone which is automatically copied to other PLCs on the network no explicit programming for exchanges is required Description Premium PLCs are connected to the Jnet network using type II PCMCIA communication cards e TSX JNP 112 card for which the physical layer is a 20 mA current loop serial link e TSX JNP 114 card for which the physical layer is a RS 485 serial link These PCMCIA cards are installed in the host slot 1 on the TSX SCY 21601 module TSX JNP cards comprise 2 A protective cover 3 A removable cover 4 Two indicator lamps ERR card or link fault COM activity on the line Connectors to be ordered separately TSX SCP CM 4030 CM 4530 CX 2030 cable Characteristics Structure Type Inter PLC network Topology Bus with passive tap links Method of access Circulation by token Physical interface RS 485 2 wire 20 mA CL Transmission Mode Half duplex on 2 wires Format 8 bits no parity 1 stop Data rate 19 2 Kbps Medium Shielded twisted pair Configuration Number of devices 32 16 if the network includes SMC PLCs Length of bus 1300 m maximum without tap links Tap links 15 m maximum Services Data exchanged Dis
63. Servodrive 4 x TSX CSY 84 multiaxis control module for Premium MHDS 10e eN00 Lexium servodrives for Lexium BPH motor 990 MCO 000 ee plastic fiber optic cables fitted with SMA type connectors TX Fiber optic transmission RX Fiber optic reception on 43555 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43551 3 and 43551 4 References page 43551 5 TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Presentation description operation Presentation The TSX CFY 11 21 stepper motor axis control range is intended for machines which simultaneously require motion control by stepper motor associated with sequential control by programmable controller The TSX CFY 11 module controls via a translator 1 axis channel 0 The TSX CFY 21 module controls 2 axes channels 0 and 1 They accept translators with e RS 422 or TTL 5 V inputs negative logic e RS 422 or 5 V NPN open collector output i E In a Premium PLC configuration the number of TSX CFY motion control modules should be added to the other application specific modules communication counting axis control and weighing See pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Description The front panel of TSX CFY 11 21 stepper control modules comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per channel for connecting e Translator inputs e Translator outputs e Translator input power supply 3 2 One 20 way HE10 connect
64. Switching frequency on inductive load Hz F lt 0 6 LI Compatibility with d c inputs All positive logic inputs with input resistance lt 15 kQ IEC 1131 2 compatibility Yes Protection against overloads and short circuits Current limiter and thermal tripping reactivation via program or automatically Protection against channel overvoltages Zener diode between outputs and 24 V Protection against polarity inversions Diode reverse mounted on supply 43541 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43541 3 References page 43541 5 TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Connections dimensions Connections Examples of connecting counter inputs 1 4 onta TSX CTY 2C 5 Channel 0 Channel_0 Channel 1 2 6 qa 1 Channels 0 and 1 ol Lie Counter sensor 24 V power supply cht Telefast 2 O a Jos fof 2 2 2 8 8 8 eis bi oO el D SE N SIE ABE 7CPA11 3 qf F j 28 Ge 24 VDC 26 0 VDC 270 0 VDC 250 EPSR 180 IZ 160 IZ 24V 14 3 wire PNP proximity sensor
65. TSX AEY 420 800 810 and TSX ASY 800 e Or two 25 way SUB D connectors TSX AEN 1600 1614 e Or a screw terminal block TSX AEY 414 TSX ASY 410 They can be installed in any position in TSX RKY eee racks except for the positions reserved for power supply modules Analogue I O modules can be removed while the PLC is powered up The maximum number of analogue channels in a Premium configuration depends on the processor used see pages 43511 8 43513 5 and 43620 9 Description The front panels of TSX AEY ASY analogue I O modules comprise 1 A display and module diagnostics block 2 A connector for receiving the screw terminal block 3 A rotating support containing the module locating device 4 A removable screw terminal for direct connection of the I O to the sensors and preactuators TSX BLY 01 to be ordered separately 5 A pivoting cover for accessing the terminal block screws and holding the identification label 6 A screw terminal block encoder 7 A 25 way SUB D connector for connecting the sensors Connection using Connection screw terminal block using SUB D connector Connection principle for TSX AEY ASY modules with SUB D connector The Telefast 2 pre wired system simplifies the installation of modules by providing access to the inputs or outputs at the screw terminals Connection is via a TSX CAP 030 3 metre shielded cable equipped with SUB D connectors at either end FA
66. TSX CDP 01 preformed cable with connector TSX TAP MAS Zi Power supply 24 V Telefast 2 sl o ele ofo E ABE 7H16R20 lt CD Power supply 24 V auxiliary I O sensors ABE 7H16R20 12 TSX CXP 235 635 cable with connector simulated incremental encoder feedback 13 TSX CXP 245 645 cable with connector simulated SSI absolute encoder feedback Lexium MHDA servodrive WEE Simulated s encoder feedback axis 0 i 1 X3 B Ed l SE Lo4 In Speed Townes ln reference ce Com _ axis 0 To other Lexium servodrives i I I i I I i I 1 i I 1 i l l 1 101 0 0 15 Drive Servodrive 112 pre 2 OK auxiliary UO a o3 EE axis 0 l s l i I I 1 I l j l Common Auxiliary O al 43550 8 Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 Connections continued References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Dimensions page 43550 11 Connection example for Altivar
67. a calibrated load Forced calibration enables the system to be restarted immediately in the event of a module fault The new module is automatically configured Debugging The weighing application screen dynamically displays e The current measurement e The operating status of the module Italso enables fast modification of the adjustment parameters filter flow rate threshold values etc Commands and parameters which can be modified via the program which is implicitly transmitted to the weighing module are used to operate the module in the language appropriate to the weighing application E ai Jl These parameters and commands can be controlled from m e EE Ss asi an MMI type device and or a supervision device connected gute T to the Premium PLC 43552 5 Premium automation platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system Characteristics References page 43552 7 Electrical characteristics of the TSX ISP Y100 weighing module Measurement input 1 weigher per module 1 measurement input Resolution 1 048 576 points 20 bits Measurement rate 50 measurements per second Input impedance MQ el Input load cells No which can be connected 8 x 350 Q load cells maximum mounted in parallel Supply voltage V es Type of power supply d c Length of cable m 300 no loss of precision with 4 load cells Discrete reflex outputs Number 2 positive
68. application to application communication Use the type of table below for each service and for each network which make up the architecture Total number of messages received per station Messages transmitted per Network 1 second from Station A GE B pes N Messages per Network 1 second Station A destined for Station B Station N Network 2 Station A Station B Station N Total number of messages transmitted per station Messages transmitted per Network 2 Total number of second from Station A ec B EN N messages received per station Messages per Network 1 second Station A destined for Station B Station N Network 2 Station A Station B Station N Total number of messages transmitted per station Total number of messages to be compared with stages 2 3 and 4 ME Number of messages transmitted between stations Not applicable 1 An identical table must be drawn up for the 1 Kb Uni TE message handling available on Ethernet TCP IP 2 Network load 1 R11 R1i R21 R2i E11 E1i 3 Network load 2 R13 R1k R23 R2k E21 E2k 43301 9 Premium automation platform X Way communication Performance continued Step 2 station processor processing capacity Using the table below compare the total number of messages received via the Uni TE service for each station value R1 R2 or Ri with the station processor processing capacity If the r
69. cables in local site tap Connecting cables 2 Description Use Ref Length Reference Weight From To kg Modbus Plus Local site tap Local site tap 3 30m 490 NAA 271 01 trunk 990 NAD 230 00 10 150 m 490 NAA 271 02 cables 300 m 490 NAA 271 03 450 m 490 NAA 271 04 1500m 490 NAA 271 06 Drop IP 20 IP 20 tee 4 025m _ 170 MCI 020 10 cables tee 170 XTS 020 00 im 170 MCI 020 36 170 XTS 020 00 3m 170 MCI 021 20 10m 170 MCI 020 80 TSX MBP 100 Drop cable 10 0 2m TSX MBP CE 002 PCMCIA card with male 9 way miniature SUB D connector connector Local site tap 8 3m TSX MBP CE 030 0 340 TSX MBP CE 030 060 990 NAD 230 00 10 6m TSX MBP CE 060 0 530 Communication Junction box 9 2 4m 990 NAD 211 10 0 530 module for 990 NAD 230 00 10 Momentum 6m 990 NAD 211 30 0 530 UO sub bases 1 Product supplied with bilingual Quick Reference Guide 2 For other Modbus Plus network connecting cables and accessories please consult your Regional Sales Office English and French 43599 5 Premium automation platform References page 43589 5 Fipio bus manager function Presentation connectable devices Presentation Premium Magelis CCX17 Third party products leed FT 2100 Momentum goo ooo H B 000p opp eo ooo
70. card device Modem converter etc DCE 2 Point to point 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 terminal device DTE 2 10m TSX SCP CD 1100 0 620 Tap link TSX SCP 112 Multidrop Modbus 1 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 cable card 20 mA CL Other See page 43606 2 connecting cables 1 End of cable fitted with flying leads 2 End of cable fitted with a 25 way male SUB D connector 43595 5 Premium automation platform Asynchronous serial links Presentation description characteristics References page 43596 3 Presentation Micro Premium PLCs provide via their processor coprocessor or TSX SCY 21601 communication module several possible ways for exchanging data in character mode with devices equipped with an asynchronous serial link interface e RS 485 integrated port e Type Ill PCMCIA card with RS 232 D RS 485 RS 422 compatible or 20 mA current loop link Protocols supported are character mode ASCII Uni Telway and Modbus Jbus Other protocols are also available or can be developed on request on a RS 485 or RS 232 D link which enables Micro Premium PLCs to communicate on third party architectures These products are offered within the framework of the Schneider Alliances partnership programme see page 43614 2 The list of modules available can be obtained from your Regional Sales Office or from our Internet site www schneideralliances com Description Integrated links 1 Via integra
71. channel ch 0 1 type Ill PCMCIA card slot channel 1 Type IlI PCMCIA Modbus Jbus RS 232 D 9 signals TSX SCP 111 0 105 cards for Uni Telway 0 3 19 2 Kbps PMX PCX Character mode Premium processor TSX 37 21 22 PLC RS 485 RS 422 compatible TSX SCP 114 0 105 or TSX SCY 21601 0 3 19 2 Kbps module 20 mA CL TSX SCP 112 0 105 0 3 19 2 Kbps Set of Includes all the X Way drivers 1 CD ROM TLX CD DRV M X Way drivers Uni Telway Fipway Fipio Ethway for for Windows 3 1 95 98 NT 2000 PC compatible XIP ISAway for DOS and Windows 3 1 95 98 NT 2000 Uni Telway for TSX SCP 114 card in Windows 95 98 NT 2000 Terminal port for OS 2 Uni Telway bus connection accessories Description Use Reference Weight kg Terminal port Isolation of Uni Telway signals TSX P ACC 01 0 690 connection box for bus length gt 10 m TER Premium end of line adaptation 1 m connecting bus cable tap links cable Passive T junction Tap link and extension of bus cable TSX SCA 50 0 520 box end of line adaptation 2 channel passive 2 channel tap link 15 way female SUB D connector TSX SCA 62 0 570 subscriber and extension of bus cable socket address coding and end of line adaptation RS 232 C RS 485 Connection of an RS 232 C device TSX SCA 72 0 520 active adaptor unit using Uni Telway protocol adaptation and isolation of signals end of line adaptation no address coding Other connection accessories Uni Telway bus Please cons
72. channel passive connection sub bases ANR base units 48238 8 for discrete signals 14025 3 170 AAO Momentum analogue output base units 48238 8 ABE 7H16 16 channel connection sub base 170 ADI Momentum discrete input base units 48237 7 for discrete signals 14025 3 170 ADM Momentum discrete UO base units ABE 7H18C Miniature passive connection sub bases 14025 2 ARM 48237 7 ABE 7H20E_ Low cost passive connection sub bases 14025 2 170 ADO Momentum discrete output base units 48237 7 ABE 7LOGV_ Software for customer label marking 14040 2 170 BDM Momentum dummy base unit 48237 8 48238 9 ABE 7P08T Sub base for electromechanical or solid state relays 14025 4 170 BSM Momentum input simulator 48237 8 ABE 7P16F Gub bases for plug in solid state input relays 14025 5 170 DTN Momentum Profibus DP bus communication module _43607 3 ABE 7P08T Sub base for electromechanical or solid state 170 EDI Dust and damp proof distributed discrete input 16T output relays 14025 6 modules 48243 5 ABE 7R08 8 16 channel sub bases with electromechanical 170 EDO Momentum dust and damp proof distributed discrete 7R16 relays removable terminal blocks 14025 4 output modules 48243 5 ABE 7R16T Output sub bases with plug in electromechanical 170 ENO InterBus S installation remote bus module 48243 5 relays 14025 5 170 FNT Momentum communication modules ABE 7S08S Sub base with solid state relay outputs for Fipio bus 48236 3 plug in terminal blocks 14025 4 170 INT Momentum InterBus S
73. control modules 43550 5 43551 5 TLX L IBS InterBus S symbol converter software 43602 5 10028 3 Product reference index Reference Description Page Reference Description Page TLX L FBC Configuration software TSX FP CA Fipio Fipway connecting cables 42315 11 36360 3 for CANopen module 43615 3 CC CP CR 43597 7 for Profibus DP module 43607 3 TSXFPCG Connecting cables for terminals 43586 4 36359 5 TLX RCD Update and upgrade software 43100 7 36360 3 UCD Fipio bus connecting cables 43597 3 TMX LP M Application development software for CCX 17 Fipway network connecting cables 43592 3 operator panels 43583 7 TSX FPP Fipio Fipway communication card T PCX 57 PCX 57 coprocessor 43513 5 43589 5 for terminals 43586 4 36360 3 36359 5 TSX AAK Set of impedance matching resistors for Fipio card Agent function 43583 6 43593 3 43590 3 analogue inputs 42313 5 43530 7 Fipway card 43592 3 TSX AEY Analogue input modules 43530 6 TSX IBI InterBus S installation remote bus cables for TSX ASY Analogue output module 43530 6 dust and damp proof modules 48243 5 TSX BAS Dust and damp proof connector for output module 48243 5 TSX IBS InterBus S remote bus cables 43602 5 TSX BAT Back
74. development and debugging Once generated these function blocks are used in the application like any standard PL7 programming software function block e A library of basic function blocks known as EFs which can be used directly in the application programs with PL7 language These are the same as functions developed in C language seen earlier but are designed for use by non computer specialists These EF function blocks are not modifiable Functions Operating in TCP connection client server mode the basic functions on the Berkeley socket interface enable e Management of 16 connections on the Open profile out of a maximum of 32 e Creation of sockets and their attachment to any TCP port e Passage of these sockets to listen for a connection request from a remote client mode Opening of a connection e Transmission and reception of data on these connections 240 bytes max Closing this connection 43601 8 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Functions continued TCP Open open access available on TSX ETY 110 WS modules Description The TCP Open offer consists of a CD ROM containing the TCP IP function libraries Open access on TCP is only possible via the TSX ETY 110 WS Ethernet module 1 With open access on TCP all the basic functions of TSX ETY 110 WS modules can be used The TCP IP TLX CD TCPA 33 E fun
75. direct or TSX TAP S15ee accessory TSX CTY 4A HE 10 connector for auxiliary UO and power supply Telefast 2 system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H08R10 16R20 TSX CTY 2A 43540 5 43540 5 e K a N O lt IW Fast counter and measurement module 2 channels Electronic cam module 1 channel 500 kHz 1 ms Up to 1 MHz proximity sensor type 2 mechanical contacts 500 kHz in multiplication by 1 250 kHz in multiplication by 4 ees USR 5 V RS 422 with zero marker Power supply 5 V or 10 30 V SSI absolute encoder up to 25 bits parallel absolute encoder up to 24 bits with Telefast ABE 7CPA11 sub base Per channel 2 inputs 24 V preset and read 1 enable input or 24 V output configurable 2 reflex outputs 24 V 1 programmable frequency output 24 V 1 encoder power supply input 5 V 24 V 24 bits sign 0 to 16 777 215 upcounting or 24 bits sign 16 777 215 to 16 777 215 downcounting up down counting Up to 25 bits for SSI absolute encoder Up down counting with preset input configurable counter input 1 upcounter input 1 downcounter input 1 up down counter input and 1 direction input incremental encoder with phase shifted signals Measurement 2 SSI absolute encoder parallel output absolute encoder with ABE 7CPA11 sub base 3 proximity sensor compatible inputs 24 V type 24 track outputs 24 V 0 5 A protected 256
76. e Client this device initiates communication It asks a question reads transmits data writes or sends an instruction Run Stop etc e Server this device executes the service requested by the client and sends a confirmation after execution The services provided depend on the type of device PLC numerical controller programming terminal supervision station etc Depending on its function each device can be Client and or Server FT 2100 Terminal SESCH transparency Fipway Ethernet TCP IP h h p 3 0 oa D H THT Cas 8 D L a Premium Premium TSX 7 A Client device can access the system functions of a PLC Server even if there is no application program to read write language objects bits words etc upload download programs stop or start etc A Client PLC can access other devices on the architecture via its application program It can read write objects on another PLC or numerical controller select programs on a numerical controller etc Uni TE requests are sent using e Communication function library for Micro Premium PLCs e TXT text function blocks or OFB function blocks for TSX model 40 and TSX 17 20 PLCs The Uni TE request is transmitted at the end of the master task and is received by the Client PLC at the start of the master task The Uni TE service is particularly su
77. e MHDS servodrives with SERCOS digital link Lexium BPH brushless axis motors are synchronous 3 phase motors Their design with samarium cobalt permanent magnet ensures perfect rotation even at low speed They are equipped with a built in sensor which can be a resolver or a SinCos absolute encoder Depending on the model they have e Failsafe parking brake e Shaft end smooth or with a key e IP 65 or IP 67 dust and damp protection Unilink user software in association with Lexium servodrives provides configuration and adjustment of the parameters for these drives Motion control applications are designed and installed using PL7 Junior Pro for Premium PLCs or Concept for Quantum PLCs software 43545 2 Motion control Motion control offer Axis motor and servodrive compatibility MHDA MHDS 1004N 1008N 1017N 1028N 1056N Permanent rms current 1 5A 3A 6A 10A 20A Type Nominal Maximum Maximum torque on mechanical continuous stopping speed power BPH 0751 N 0 9Nm 6000 rpm _ 0 542 kW 1 3Nm 6000 rpm 0 542 kW BPH 0752 N 1 3Nm 6000 rpm _ 0 794 kW 2 3Nm 6000 rpm 0 794 kW BPH 0952 N 3 7 Nm 6000 mm 1 42 kW 4 3Nm 6000rpm 1 42 kW BPH 0953 N 6 0 Nm 6000 rpm 1 94 kW 6 0 Nm 6000rpm 1 94 kW BPH 1152 N 7 4 Nm 6000rpm 2 36 kW 7 4Nm 6000rpm 2 36 kW BPH 1153 N 6 8 Nm 6000rpm 3 14 kW 10 5 Nm 6000 rpm 3 14 kW BPH 1422 N 11 4 Nm 4000 rpm 3 05 kW
78. function configuration screen in PL7 can be used to fill in the IP addresses of the peripheral devices their scan period fast normal or slow the fallback positions in the event of a fault the addresses of the MW words used to interface with the devices whose UO are exchanged as well as a comment UO Scanning diagnostics The PL7 debug screen associated with TSX ETY 410 5101 modules can be used to display the state of each distributed device in real time A graphic representation of the Ethernet network enables instantaneous diagnostics of the configured scanned or faulty I O devices 43601 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Functions continued Integrated Web server Factory level or Intranet site Intersite Intranet PC compatible Internet PA browser Router Ethernet amp TCP IP Workshop machine level E gp SSS SSS Premium Web server Quantum Web server TSX ETY 110 WS 410 5101 Ethernet modules also include the integrated Web server function This server is a PLC real time data server All the data from the Premium processor supporting one of these modules is presented in the form of Web standard pages in HTML format and can therefore be accessed by any Internet browser on the market which is capable of executing integrated Java code None of the
79. functions provided by the Web server require any configuration or programming of either the Premium PLC or the PC compatible supporting the Internet browser Moreover this module can be used in an existing configuration without any modification of the resident program PLC system diagnostics function available on TSX ETY 110 WS 410 5101 modules The PLC system diagnostics function is a predefined secure function accessed by password which displays in real time from an Internet browser e The Premium platform configuration e Detailed diagnostics of each module belonging to that configuration whether the modules are local or remote e The state of the I O ey F pye ee rama mi DES bech L t E Access function for PLC variables and data available on TSX ETY 110 WS 410 5101 modules The variables access function is a predefined secure function accessed by password which accesses all the PLC data in read or write mode Se zo ease Lal The variables to be displayed can be entered and displayed either with symbolic addresses S_Pump 234 or identifier S MW99 These variables can only be accessed in write e mode if they have been authorised using the Web Utility configuration supplied with the module To write a value ia in a variable a second password must be entered and z confirmed i i Animation tables containing certain application variables to be moni
80. logic transistor outputs for weigher doser applications Nominal voltage Vv 24 Nominal current mA 500 Response time 1 ms discrimination The crossing point of the thresholds between 2 measurements is calculated by interpolation to the nearest millisecond Display output Physical interface RS 485 not isolated Data rate K bits s 9 6 Distance from module m 30 maximum Consumption mA See page 43605 2 Environment Metrology See page 4351 1 4 The weighing module and display unit together conform to OIML recommendations It meets approval for class IIl weighers up to 6000 scale divisions and for class Illl weighers up to 1000 scale divisions conforming to European circular 90 384 dated 20 June 1990 CE Certification SDM n 97 06 dated 28 July 1997 Characteristics of the TSX XBT H100 display unit Display Type of screen Back lit LCD Number of lines 1 line used in weighing application Number of characters 20 per line Character size mm 9 Power supply Nominal voltage V 24 not isolated Voltage limits Vv Tesch Consumption Ww 10 Environment Conformity to standards IEC 1131 2 EN 61131 2 UL 508 CSA C22 2 n 14 Temperatures Operating 0 50 C storage 20 60 C Degree of protection Front panel IP 65 Rear panel IP 20 conforming to IEC 529 and NF C 20 010 Function Signalling 1 indicator lamp 43552 6 Premium automation pl
81. loop parameters in graph form as well as useful operating information operating mode alarms etc 43620 6 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Functions continued Control and operation Tools integrated in PL7 software loop debugging screens runtime screens etc which are associated with XBT F and AAAAA LLLELLLLLLAELL TXBT F Magelis graphic screen terminals offer screens ECSU Ld 2 RG S dedicated to the control and operation of control loops Stan 90 gg 99 9999 99 nrJ 99 Setup These predefined screens offer runtime and control views whose characteristics depend on the type of terminal used e XBT F Magelis graphic screen terminals e TXBT F02 Magelis graphic stations under Windows operating system As standard PL7 Junior Pro software contains the application developed with XBT L1003 L1004 development software which comprises predefined runtime and control views When using this dialogue application animation of runtime and control views is automatic Presentation of views Each control loop is associated with a certain number of views depending on the size of the Magelis terminal screen e With 5 screen terminals the user has 7 views at his disposal monitoring view front panel bar chart supervisory control view trending adjustment view autotunin
82. lt 5 fault state lt 5 Current mA lt 1 for U 1 2 V lt S VS Sw lt 2 for U 5 V Voltage encoder feedback check Presence check Input impedance for nominal U Q 270 3000 3000 Type of inputs Resistive Resistive Current sink IEC 1131 conformity Type 1 Type 2 2 wire proximity sensor compatibilit Yes all prox sens 24 V 3 wire proximity sensor compatibilit Yes all prox sens 24 V Output characteristics Type of output Analog outputs Drive enable Reflex outputs 1 per axis 1 relay output per axis 1 per axis Range V 10 24 Resolution 13 bits sign Value of LSB mV 1 25 Nominal voltage Vv 24 24 Voltage limit Vv eel 19 30 up to 34 V possible limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period Current mA 500 nominal Maximum current mA iS 200 resistive load at 30 V 625 for U 30 or 34 V Minimum permitted load 1 V 1 mA Maximum voltage drop when ON V zil Leakage current mA lt 0 3 Switching time lt 5ms lt 500 us Compatibility with d c inputs All positive logic inputs with input resistance lt 15kQ IEC 1131 conformity Yes Protection against overloads and short circuits Current limiter and thermal tripping Protection against channel overvoltage Zener diode between outputs and 24 V supply Protection against polarity inversions Reverse mounted diode on supply 43550 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43550
83. management of a public facility tunnel airport etc control monitoring of a water treatment or distribution station electrical technical management e In the industrial sector food and beverage processing slow chemical processes level temperature monitoring etc Operational safety and availability The Warm Standby architecture ensures that the control system functions are available irrespective of the failure of any system component gt do gt Safety Premium Warm Standby solution OO O Availability 43566 2 Premium automation platform Premium Warm Standby redundancy References Principle page 43566 6 Connections page 43566 7 Principle The Premium Warm Standby architecture combines physical redundancy of the PLC with Normal Backup type operation Only the Normal PLC processes the application and generates the outputs The Backup PLC applies the outputs generated by the Normal PLC performs self diagnostics and permanently diagnoses the Normal PLC In event of a malfunction on the Normal PLC the Backup PLC takes control and then becomes the Normal PLC the faulty PLC previously Normal becomes the Backup Optimum availability of the application is ensured by Automatic or manual Normal Backup changeover Smooth changeover on the actuators Updating of the Backup PLC on each cycle Signalling
84. negative Positive Nominal Voltage V 24 24 values Current mA 10 188 8 Sensor power supply Vv See 19 30 possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hr in 24 hrs Limit values At state 1 Voltage Vv gt 3 alld SS Current mA gt 5 8 29 gt 3 At state 0 Voltage Vv lt 3 lt 0 aa Current mA lt 5 8 ER SS Input impedance for nominal U Q 1500 3000 Type of input Resistive Resistive Resistive Response time us lt 100 Conformity with IEC 1131 Type 1 Compatibility w 2 wire sensors Yes with 24 V Compatibility w 3 wire sensors Yes with 24 V Output characteristics Type of output Track outputs Nominal Voltage V 24 values Current mA 500 Limit Voltage V 19 30 possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hr in 24 hrs values Max current Per output for U 30 or 34 V mA 600 Per connector A lt 6 Per module A EAR Maximum power for Ww 10 tungsten filament lamp Switching frequency on an inductive load Hz lt 0 6 LI Electro discharge time s lt UR Preactuator voltage monitoring OK Vv gt 18 threshold Fault Vv lt 14 Compatibility with d c inputs All positive logic inputs whose input resistance is lt 15 kQ Protection against overloads and By current limiter and thermal circuit breaker short circuits against overvoltages on outputs By Zener diode between the outputs and the 24 V against polarity inversions By reverse diode on the power supply C
85. network 1000 m per electrical segment 5000 m max 450 m per segment 1800 m with 3 repeaters 1300 m 200 m depends on the network topology Uni TE COM shared table Application to application Telegram 1 max Modbus message handling read write variables global database Peer Cop service 3 max Shared table 128 words in total 64 words if SMC PLC in the network Type III PCMCIA card on processor TSX FPP 20 TSX MBP 100 Type IlI PCMCIA card on TSX SCY 21601 module TSX JNP 112 TSXJNP 114 43592 3 43599 5 43603 3 0477Q 3 Premium automation platform Bus modules Selection guide WW Y yV 2 SW le A Fipio Agent Fip standard Fipio bus manager Uni Telway character mode Uni Telway Non isolated RS 485 Isolated RS 485 Bus managed by bus arbitrator Master Slave 1 Mbps Twisted pair Fibre optic 1 2 19 2 Kbps Double shielded twisted pair 32 per segment 5 28 128 on all segments limited to 64 with TSX P57 1 3M processor 1000 m to 15 000 m according to medium used 10m 1000 m 1 max 1 max According to consumption Uni TE Uni Telway Periodic data exchanges Agent function Application to application Transparency of remote I O exchanges TSX P57 e53M T PCX 57 353M All types of Premium processor Type Ill PCMCIA card on processor Integrated link on processor H Integ
86. network consists of a set of dedicated words known as common words NW on Micro Premium PLCs and COM i j k on TSX 17 20 and TSX model 40 PLCs Depending on its software configuration each network station may or may not access the database in read only or read write mode All PLC stations exchanging common words maximum 32 stations are allocated in a dedicated 128 word database a write zone which is set at 4 words per Micro Premium station 2 for the Fipway Ethway network Fipway Ethway S G EJ RSC e EIER 0 CH EE elt HH A x k BLIE h O ETE N TSX 17 Micfo 1 Premiu Si TSX7 NW distributed database 128 words The COM words in a PLC are updated automatically during each scan of the general sequential program master task without the intervention of the application program at the start of the scan for reading and at the end of the scan for writing The user program consists simply of assigning or reading these common words NW As the COM service has a zone of dedicated and preconfigured words there is absolutely no risk of conflict of data between or within PLCs Shared Table service This service exchanges a table of MW internal words divided into as many zones as there are Micro Premium PLCs which comprise the Fipway network The exchange principle is based on the broadcasting by each PLC of a word memory zone broadcast zone to the other PLCs on the netw
87. of racks 2 In processor extension 3 capacity capacity kg TSX 57 10 32 64 512 discr 0 1 integ Fipio TSX P57 153M 0 520 4 racks Kwords Kwords 24 analog 1 network maximum 8 app spec 2 AS i bus channels 0 third party bus TSX 57 20 64 160 1024 discr 10 1 integ Fipio TSX P57 253M 0 380 16 racks Kwords Kwords 80 analog 1 network maximum 24 app spec 4 AS i bus channels 1 third party bus TSX 57 30 80 384 1024 discr 15 1 integ Fipio TSX P57 353M 0 380 16 racks Kwords Kwords 128 analog 3 network maximum 32 app spec 8 AS i bus channels 2 third party bus TSX 57 40 96 176 512 2048 discr 20 1 integ Fipio TSX P57 453M 0 520 16 racks Kwords Kwords 256 analog 4 network 4 maximum 64 app spec 8 AS i bus channels 2 third party bus PCX 57 30 80 96 160 1024 discr 15 1 integ Fipio T PCX 57 353M 0 320 16 racks Kwords Kwords 128 analog 3 network 4 maximum 32 app spec 8 AS i bus channels 2 third party bus Accessories and connecting cables 5 Description Use Material Reference Weight From To kg Female Processors and Polycarbonate TSX FP ACC 12 0 040 connectors coprocessors with black IP 20 9 way Fipio integrated link SUB D Zamac TSX FP ACC 2 0 080 1 Product supplied with multilingual Quick Reference Guide processors and discrete I O English French German Spanish and Italian 2 Maximum number of TSX RKY 4EX 6EX 8EX racks 4 6 or 8 slots Using the TSX RKY 12 EX rack 12 slots
88. of the faulty component Online repair Transparent supervision SCADA Ethernet TCP IP network Modbus bus el Ces BOISE Bon Momentum Fipio bus Essential elements for redundancy 1 TSX PSY power supply 2 TSX P57 353M 453M processor 3 TSX ETY 110 Ethernet TCP IP communication module HE Optional elements for redundancy 4 TSX ETY 210 Ethernet TCP IP communication module 5 TSX SCY 21601 communication module with TSX SCP 114 Modbus protocol PCMCIA card 6 TSX PSY power supply 7 TSX DeY discrete I O modules or TSX AeY analogue UO modules Shared elements on the Fipio bus Elements which can be redundant are e The main rack e The main rack power supply e The processor Possibly accompanied by e Discrete and analogue input modules e Discrete and analogue output modules e One or more extendable racks with their power supply e One or more Ethernet TCP IP network or Modbus bus communication modules Elements of the Fipio bus shared between the Normal and Backup PLCs are e Discrete or analogue input modules Momentum or TBX e Discrete or analogue output modules Momentum or TBX e One or more Micro Premium agent PLCs these can support the entire range of I O discrete analogue or application specific 43566 3 Premium automation platform Premium Warm Standby redundancy References Func
89. page 43550 11 Characteristics continued Electrical characteristics Type of module TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33 Modularity 2 axes 2 axes 4 axes 4 axes 3 axes Maximum frequency at counter inputs SSI absolute encoder 16 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits 16 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits CLK transmission frequency kHz 200 Incremental encoder x 1 kHz 500 x4 kHz__ 250 kHz as input or 1 MHz as counter Consumption 5 V 1100 mA 5 V 1500 mA 5 V 1500 mA 24 V 15 mA 24 V 30 mA 24 V 30 mA Current drawn by the module on the 10 30 V encoder at 24 V 24 V absolute encoder Typical mA 11 20 max 22 40 max Power dissipated in the module Typical W 7 2 11 5 max 10 17 max Sensor power supply check Yes Yes Input characteristics Type of input Counter inputs 5 V Servodrive check inputs Auxiliary inputs IA IB IZ 1 per axis homing event recalibration emergency stop Logic Positive Positive Positive Nominal values Voltage Mi 5 24 24 Current mA 18 8 8 Limit values Voltage Vv lt 55 19 30 up to 34 V possible 19 30 up to 34 V possible limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period At state 1 Voltage V 22 4 gt 11 OK state 211 Current mA gt 3 7 for U 2 4 V gt 3 5 for U 11 V gt 6 for U 11 V At state 0 Voltage Vv a2
90. performance on fibre optics The operating principle is identical to that on an electrical network in that the number of stations is limited to 32 and the transmission time is as follows e For the Common words and Shared Table services updating of the entire database is carried out every 40 ms maximum e For Uni TE message handling the network characteristics enable transmission of 230 messages maximum of 128 bytes per second Characteristics with OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transceivers Type of bus network Fipio bus BS network Structure Type Open industrial support conforming to Fip standard Topology 1 In redundant ring or in a line with simple redundant link Access method Producer consumer principle Producer consumer principle Management by a fixed arbitrator Management by an automatically elected arbitrator Transmission Mode Multimode 860 nanometres Data rate 1 Mbps Medium 2 1 Fibre optic 50 125 17 dBm or 62 5 125 15 dBm Inter repeater distance 2500 m for 50 125 and 2800 m for 62 5 125 Configuration No of connection points 1 20 fibre optic transceivers OZD FIP G3 type maximum No of devices 2 Fipio devices can be connected to the same fibre 16 stations can be connected to the same fibre optic optic transceiver transceiver but the maximum number of stations is 32 No of segments 1 The loop or fibre optic line is similar to a
91. segment 1800 m maximum with 3 repeaters Number of segments Cascaded 5 maximum using Modbus Plus BP85 bridges Services Global database 4096 byte common database cyclical exchange of 32 broadcast words Peer to peer dialogue Read write services amount of requests 100 registers per transaction Peer Cop Cyclical exchange service on Premium only 500 words per station broadcast or point to point 43599 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43599 3 References page 43599 5 Modbus Plus network Connections Wiring system 10 11 12 TSX MBP 100 Modbus Plus PCMCIA card for type III processor slot on Micro or Premium platforms 170 PNT 110 20 communication module for Momentum UO base unit 490 NAA 271 Oe trunk cable shielded twisted pair with shielding drain flying leads In lengths of 30 150 300 450 or 1500 m 170 MCI 020 021 e drop cable equipped at each end with an RJ 45 connector interface baseT In lengths of 0 25 0 75 3 or 10 m 990 NAD 230 00 IP 20 local site tap provides a tap link from the trunk cable for connecting 1 device connection of conductors requires wiring tool 043 509 383 990 NAD 230 10 IP 65 zamac local site tap provides a tap link from the trunk cable for connecting 1 device screw terminal connection It also has an RJ 45 connector for connecting a programming and maintenance terminal 170
92. servodrive network 43555 2 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43555 4 References page 43555 5 Connections page 43555 5 SERCOS TSX CSY 84 Premium motion control module Block diagram continued description Block diag ram continued PL7 Junior Pro software via the Premium platform terminal port can e Declare TSX CSY 84 SERCOS module in the PLC configuration D e Program the movements in the PLC application e e Test and debug the application Configure the functions and define the parameters for the axes used Adjust the parameters via the operating codes parameters TSX CSY 84 module and Lexium MHDS servodrives UniLink software via the Lexium MHDS servodrive PC port can e Define the Lexium MHDS servodrive and Lexium motor e Adjust the Lexium MHDS servodrive parameters and back them up to EEprom memory in the drive Description The SERCOS TSX CSY 84 axis control module comprises 1 An SMA type connector marked Tx for connecting the servodrives using the SERCOS ring fiber optic transmission cable 2 An SMA type connector marked Rx for connecting the servodrives using the SERCOS ring fiber optic reception cable 3 Rigid cases double format in order to e Support the electronic card e Attach and lock the module in its slot 4 Module diagnostic lamps e RUN lamp green lit module operating correctly e SER lamp yellow flashing
93. software version Il lt 10 This value is 9 77 pA 43530 5 Premium automation platform Analogue I O modules References Characteristics pages 43530 4 and 43530 5 Analogue input modules Type Input signal Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight of inputs range channels 1 kg Analogue 10V 16 bits 1 x 25 way 4 fast TSX AEY 420 0 330 high level 0 10 V SUB D channels with common 0 5 V connector point 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 MA TSX AEY 800 420 Analogue 10 V 0 10 V 16 bits Screw terminal 4 channels TSX AEY 414 0 320 low level 0 5 V 1 5 V block 2 isolated 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 13 463 mV 0 400 Q 0 3850 Q temperature probe thermocouple Analogue 10V 12 bits 1 x 25 way 8 channels TSX AEY 800 0 310 high level 0 10 V SUB D with common 0 5 V connector point 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 2 x 25 way 16 channels TSX AEY 1600 0 340 SUB D connectors Analogue 10V 16 bits 1 x 25 way 8 channels TSX AEY 810 0 330 high level 0 10 V SUB D isolated 0 5 V connector 1 5V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Thermo 63 mV 16 bits 2 x 25 way 16 channels TSX AEY 1614 0 350 couple B E J K L SUB D N R S T U connectors TSX ASY 410 AEY 414 Analogue output modules
94. the Fipio bus The Backup PLC does not access the Fipio bus During each cycle the Backup PLC receives the values of the I O on the Fipio bus from the Normal PLC via the inter PLC Ethway link TSX ETY 110 module and applies them to its own outputs This updating of the memory enables smooth Normal Backup changeover by maintaining the state of the I O during changeover Management of Normal Backup states Malfunction of one of the following elements automatically causes a Normal Backup changeover e Main rack power supply e PLC processor e TSX ETY 210 communication module e Fipio bus connected to the integrated processor port For all other elements Normal Backup changeover can be customised manual changeover Management of optional redundant UO For redundant inputs the sensor information is transmitted simultaneously to the Normal and Backup PLCs via the 2 input modules placed in each PLC Two Telefast 2 16 channel sub bases ABE 7ACC10 with redundant inputs and ABE 7ACC11 with redundant outputs can be used to perform this double wiring easily using preformed HE 10 connector connection cables see page 43566 7 refs 14 15 20 and 21 The output values are only generated by the application processing of the Normal PLC This sends its commands to the corresponding output modules During each cycle the Backup PLC receives the Normal PLC output val
95. to 32 768 points per cycle and from 1 to 32 768 cycles absorbs play on reverse Processing of 128 cams 32 tracks of which 24 with direct output Output update cycle 50 us for 16 cams 100 us for 64 cams 200 us for 128 cams 1 parts counter 2 capture registers control recalibration of axis slip Inputs Cam profiles Counter enable counter preset read current value 3 basic types position monostable brake Comparison Associated functions 2 thresholds Reflex outputs 2 user definable outputs Speed monitoring Special functions User definable activation of the event triggered task crossing of thresholds or modulo value preset enable capture _ elimination of axis backlash position recalibration measurement capture switching feedforward parts counter User definable activation of the event triggered task cams track adjustment read etc 15 way SUB D connectors 1 per counter channel direct or TSX TAP S15ee accessory HE 10 connector for reflex I O and power supply Telefast 2 system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7CPA11 43541 5 43542 4 0452Q 3 Premium automation platform Motion control modules Selection guide ED ye 2 axes 4 axes 2 axes 4 axes Counter 500 kHz with incremental encoder Acquisition 200 kHz with SSI serial absolute encoder or parallel output Per axis Per axis Incremental encoder 5 V RS 422 RS 485 Incremen
96. with TSX CAYee TSX TAP S15 05 interface 5 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 connector module or ABE 7CPA11 15 way adaptor sub base im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 SUB D 15 way SUB D connector connector 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 220 TSX CAYee ABE 7CPA01 sub base or 8 2 5m TSX CXP 213 0 270 module TSX TAP MAS block 9 way 15 way SUB D connector SUB D 6m TSX CXP 613 0 580 connector TSX CDP ee3 speed reference Preformed TSX CAY ee Speed reference on 9 6m TSX CDP 611 0 790 cables module or Lexium MHDA servodrive cross section TSX TAP MAS and other speed drives 0 205 mm block free end on drive side 2 Connecting TSX CAY ee ABE 7H16R20 sub base 10 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 cables module 20 way HE 10 connector im TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mA max HE 10 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 20 way 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 moulded 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 connector Preformed TSX CAY ee Auxiliary inputs 11 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cables module reflex output control 20 wire HE 10 signals power supplies 500 mA max 20 way free end 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 moulded connector Connecting cables for Lexium MHDA servodrive Description From To No Length Reference Weight 1 kg Cables TSX CAY ee Simulated incremental 12 2m TSX CXP 235 0 210 TSX CDP e01 fitted with module encoder feedback connectors 15 way 9 way SUB D 6m TSX CXP 635 0 470 for Lexium SUB D connector MHDA connector servodrive encoder input Simulated absolu
97. www forth com Manhattan Beach CA 90266 United States Foxboro Company Tel 1 508 543 8750 Intelligent Automation Series Communication interface boards Modbus 33 Commercial Street Fax 1 508 549 4800 Modbus Plus Foxboro MA 02035 URL www foxboro com United States Gener Tel 33 0 2 41 83 13 00 Modem Communication hardware Modbus Z de Saint Lambert des Lev es Fax 33 0 2 41 67 19 20 Uni Telway BP 163 URL www gener fr 49414 Saumur cedex France Gensym Corporation Tel 1 617 547 2500 G2 Real time Expert System Communication software Modbus Plus 125 Cambridge Park Drive Fax 1 617 547 1962 Cambridge MA 02140 URL www gensym com United States Georges Renault GRIN Tel 33 0 2 40 80 20 00 SMA 68000 screwing controller Miscellaneous actuator Uni Telway 99 Route de Clisson Fax 33 0 2 40 33 27 07 F 44230 Sebastien sur Loire France GSE Systems Inc Tel 1 410 772 3500 SNCC D 3 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus 9189 Red Branch Road Fax 1 410 772 3611 800 Columbia MD 02145 URL www gees Com United States Hewlett Packard Tel 33 0 1 69 82 60 60 Driver HP UX Communication software Ethway 2 avenue du Lac Fax 33 0 1 69 91 84 32 F 91040 Evry URL www hp com France 43614 8 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Company Tel Fax URL Reference Category Technology Hilc
98. 0 and 1 go 5 105 O lt S Limit switch Ex a 2 104 o S Limit switch 204 Sg Sei 4 103 O External stop 203 Inputs Axis 0 Phytron SP or MSD 2 power module 1 102 S Emergency stop EE a C 3 101 aed Event 1 TSX CAP S15 connector 89 Bane 2 TSX CDP ee3 cable with connector 0 ee a one 3 TSX CDP e01 preformed cable with connector 200 4 TSX CXP 611 cable with connector 1 Type of translator e With RS 422 interface RS 422 compatible inputs RS 422 outputs e With open collector NPN interface TTL 5 V source compatible inputs open collector NPN outputs 5 V power supply from TSX CFY 11 21 module 43551 4 Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors References Characteristics page 43551 3 Motion control modules for stepper motors Description To control Connections No of Reference Weight SUB D 15 way _ HE 10 20 way axes 1 kg Motion Translator with Translator UO Auxiliary I O 1 TSX CFY 11 0 440 control RS 422 I O power supply modules for 5 V TTL input 24V stepper 5V output with motor open collector 2 TSX CFY 21 0 480 Connection accessories Description TSX CFYe1 Type of connector on Unit Weight connector TSX CFYe1 module reference kg SUB D Translator SUB D 15 way TSX CAP S15 0 050 connector 1 per axis Order in multiples of 2
99. 00 120 200 240 Input voltage limit Vv 90 264 or 85 264 or 85 132 170 264 es 88 M156 eg 105 150 Accepted micro break period 1 ms Ell TE lt 10 Mains supply frequency Hz 47 63 47 63 360 440 Nominal input current A 0 4 0 8 2 3 5 Maximum inrush current 2 at 240 V A 30 zs 38 75 Maximum It value 2 at 240 V A S 2 2 6 2 SE 18 5 Power factor 0 6 Efficiency at full load K gt 75 gt 80 Useful power 3 Ww 24 26 30 53 60 120 240 Nominal output current at 60 C A 1 3 a2 5 10 Output voltage 0 to 60 C Vv 244 5 24 3 Protection against short circuits Continuous automatig Fallback to 0 and automatic reset on Current limit resetting disappearance of fault Protection against overvoltages Vv Peak limiting U gt 36 Peak limiting U gt 32 Prim second dielectric withstand 1500 V rms 3500 V rms 50 60 Hz 1 min user safety SELV conforming to EN 60950 and IEC 1131 2 50 60 Hz 1 min Electromagnetic interference Class A in accordance with EN 55022 and conforming to FCC 15 A Degree of protection IP 205 IP 205 terminal block IP 215 Cooling By natural convection Parallel connection No Yes with power optimization 2 maximum Series connection No Yes 2 maximum 1 Nominal voltage for a repetition period of 1 Hz 2 25 C on initial power up These values must be taken into account when starting in order to size the protective devices 3 For an ambient temperature of 60 C Useful power gi
100. 00 FR A500 Drive Modbus Plus 500 Corporate Woods Parkway Fax 1 847 478 0327 Vermon Hills 1L60061 URL www meau ea com United States Nemasoft Inc Tel 1 508 698 3611 Paragon 500 550 AutoNet HMI SCADA Modbus 124 Washington St Suite 201 Fax 1 508 698 3782 PowerVIEW Modbus Plus Foxboro MA 02035 URL www nemasoft com United States NexxCorp Information Tel 1 905 433 7566 ModLINX Communication software Modbus Systems Inc Fax 1 905 579 5699 Modbus Plus 235 Beatty Avenue Oshawa Ontario L1H 3B4 Canada Niobrara Research amp Tel 1 417 624 8918 MEB TCP Communication hardware Modbus Plus Development Corp Fax 1 417 624 8920 Bridge PMN Modbus Plus to Communication hardware Modbus Plus P O Box 3418 URL www niobrara com POWERLOGIC 2400 Tanyard Road QSPXM Seriplex Master Communication interface boards Quantum Joplin MO 64803 QUCM Universal Communications Communication interface boards Quantum United States MUCM B Communication interface boards Momentum NovaTech LLC Tel 1 913 451 1880 Modem Micro PLC Communication interface boards Autres 13604 West 107th Street Fax 1 913 451 2845 Lenexa KS 66215 URL www novatech lic com United States Panel Tec Inc Tel 1 256 534 8132 BG 3500 Communication interface boards Modbus Plus P O Box 23942607 Fax 1 256 534 4769 MD 3000 Communication interface boards Modbus Plus Leeman Ferry Road Suite 7 URL www panel tec com Huntsville AL 35804 United States Parker Tel 33 0 2 32 23 34 00 Valvetronic 164 Pn
101. 02 Splitter sub base 14040 2 TBX DES Distributed modular input modules 42311 10 ABE 7ACC1__ Redundant output sub base 14040 2 TBX DMS Distributed modular UO modules 42311 10 ABE 7ACC2_ Removable continuity blocks 14040 2 TBX DSS Distributed modular output modules 42311 10 ABE 7ACC8_ Enclosure feedthrough with CNOMO M23 connector 14040 2 TBX LEP Fipio communication module 42311 11 ABE 7ACC80 Enclosure feedthrough with industrial connector 14040 2 on TBX sub bases and _42313 5 ABE 7BV Additional snap on terminal block 14040 2 43540 5 TBX SUP Power supply unit 42311 11 43560 3 43541 5 48551 5 TCP Open Open access of Ethernet TCP IP communication ABE 7CPA Telefast sub base for protocols 43601 8 analogue I O modules 43530 7 TLX CD PL7 Junior Micro and Pro software development counter modules 43540 5 packages 43100 17 electronic cam modules 53542 4 Software measurement and fast counter modules 43541 5 OFS data server 43105 3 motion control modules 43550 5 PL7 DIF application comparison 43107 3 safety modules 43522 6 TLX CD D X Way drivers for PC 43601 13 43592 3 43594 6 ABE 7FU Fast blow fuses 5 x 20 14040 2 TLX CD W Software for Warm Standby redundant architecture _43566 7 ABE 7H Telefast sub base for TLX D Software installation manuals 43900 2 counter modules 43540 5 TLXL Software extensions electronic cam modules 43542 4 PL7 SDKC 43101 3 measurement and fast counter modules 43541 5 PL7 SMC application converter 43103 3 motion
102. 0base5 port AUI connected to a transceiver 2 TSX ETH ACC 2 43616 2 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10base5 interface AUI References 3 TSX ETH ACC 2 AUI interface accessories for connecting to the Ethernet network Description Use Order in Unit Weight multiples of reference kg Ethernet Access point to 1 TSX ETH ACC 2 0 765 transceiver any network Hub Can be used to 1 TSX ETH NEH 8 connect 8 twisted pair RJ45 Ethernet stations on a 10base5 AUI network Connector for Must be fitted to 10 TSX ETH ACC 3 0 050 trunk cable both ends of cable segment on trunk cables Female female Extension of 10 TSX ETH ACC 4 0 050 adaptor 2 cable segments on trunk cable Line terminator Impedance 1 TSX ETH ACC 5 0 070 kit adaptor Ethernet network connecting cables Description Connectors Length Reference Weight kg Trunk cables 2 type N 2 5m TSX ETH CD 025 0 840 radius curvature min 500 mm To be equipped with 23 4 m TSX ETH CA 020 1 650 2 TSX ETH ACC 3 male N type connectors 117 m TSX ETH CA 100 5 600 210 6 m TSX ETH CA 200 8 300 Drop cables 15 way SUB D 5m TSX ETY CB 005 0 510 radius curvature 1 straight 1 elbow min 65 mm module side 10m TSX ETY CB 010 0 980 20 m TSX
103. 1 connector for TBX I O modules IP 20 11 TSX LES 65 connecting cable for TSX PMX model 40 PLCs Used for address coding 12 TSX FP ACC 6 electrical repeater used to increase the number of stations max 64 and the length of the network by creating an additional segment of up to 1000 m a maximum of 4 repeaters in cascade giving a network length of 5000 m TSX EF Ce ee dust and damp proof connectors for IP67 I O modules see page 42315 9 Other elements 13 TSX FP ACC 8M fibre optic electrical repeater used to connect electrical segments via a fibre optic link particularly suitable for zones with a high level of interference or to connect a fibre optic device 14 TSX FP ACC 7 Line terminator to be installed at both ends of a segment TSX FP ACC 9 network wiring test tool This is used for testing the continuity of segments the connections of the various devices and the installation of line terminators TSX FP JF 020 fibre optic jumper length 2 m For fibre optic connection of the TSX FP ACC 8M repeater to a patch panel The maximum length of the fibre optic cable 62 5 125 between 2 repeaters is 3000 m TSX EF ACC 7 line terminator to be installed at both ends of a segment requiring IP67 protection see page 42315 9 43597 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43597 2 Dimensions page 43597 7 Fipio bus and Fipway network References L TSX FP ACC 12 TSX FP ACC
104. 1000 2 or 4 wire 4 channels Between channels 2830 V rms Between bus and channels 1780 V rms Between channels and earth 1780 V rms 550 ms Thermocouples S S AIS NL RS tu 16 channels Between channels 100 V Between bus and channels 1000 V rms Between channels and earth 1000 V rms 1120 ms normal scan 70 ms channel used fast scan 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 8 channels Between channels common point Between bus and channels 1000 V rms Between channels and earth 1000 V rms 27 ms normal scan 3 ms channel used fast scan User definable filtering 0 to 68 5 s 16 bits 20 way screw terminal TSX BLY 01 TSX AEY 414 43530 6 User definable filtering 0 04 Te to 0 012 Te Te module scan time 16 bits Two 25 way SUB D connectors User definable filtering 0 to 3 44 s 12 bits 25 way SUB D connector or 2 Telefast 2 sub bases ABE 7CPA12 TSX AEY 1614 or 1 Telefast 2 sub base ABE 7CPA02 03 TSX AEY 800 o E N h O KE IW High level isolated inputs between channels High level input with common point Isolated outputs between channels Outputs with common point Voltage current 10V 16 channels Betweenchannels common 8 channels Between channels 200 V 4 channels Between channels com 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Between channels 1500 8 channels Between channels com
105. 12 0 Nm 4000 mm 3 05 kW BPH 1423 N 14 5 Nm 4000 rpm 4 05 kW 17 0 Nm 4000 mm 4 05 kW BPH 1902 N 25 0 Nm 4000 rpm 6 15 kW BPH 1903 K 36 0 Nm 4000 rpm 7 4 kW BPH 1904 K 46 0 Nm 4000 rpm 9 1 kW 43545 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43552 6 References page 43552 7 ISP Plus integrated weighing system Presentation The ISP Plus weighing range when used with the Premium PLC enables the automation of machines combined with weighers or installations The TSX ISP Y100 standard format weighing module is the central part of the weighing system It has e A measurement input which will take up to 8 sensors e A sealable link for the display unit e Two discrete reflex outputs for weigher doser applications The weighing module can be supplied factory calibrated The TSX XBT H100 remote display unit displays the measured weight with no prior configuration When the link to the weighing module is sealed this display unit then becomes the main display unit for commercial transactions The TSX ISP Y100 module display unit assembly conforms to OIML recommendations and is approved for class Ill weighers 6000 scale divisions and for class Illl weighers 1000 scale divisions Designed for harsh environmental conditions strain gauge load cells are the third part of the weighing system These load cells can be supplied pre calibrated at the facto
106. 16 Consumption 5 MI 24V 5 MI BEN mA 510 50 650 100 Power dissipated in the module Typical W 3 8 5 6 Sensor power supply check Yes Yes Input characteristics Inputs Translator inputs Auxiliary inputs Logic Negative Positive Nominal Voltage Vv 5 24 values Current mA 4 5 2 Limit Voltage Vv 19 30 up to 34 V possible limit 1 hr per 24 hr period values At state 1 Voltage V 22 sii Current mA gt 6 for U 11 V At state 0 Voltage Vv S85 SC Current mA lt 2 for U 5 V Input impedance for nominal U kQ 3 4 Input immunity us Loss of step input 15 to 30 us us Homing cam and event inputs lt 250 us ms Translator fault input 3 to 16 ms Limit switch emergency stop and external stop inputs 3 to 10 ms Monitoring of external Voltage for OK state Vv gt 18 power supply Voltage for fault state V lt 14 for sensors and Immunity OK fault ms gt 1 preactuators Immunity fault OK ms lt 30 Type of input Resistive Current sink IEC 1131 conformity Type 2 Proximity sensor compatibility 2 wire 3 wire Output characteristics Outputs Translator outputs Brake outputs 1 per axis Type of output RS 422 TTL 5 V open collector NPN compatible Open collector PNP Output differential voltage V 2 load resistance lt 100 Q Short circuit current mA lt 150 Permissible common mode voltage V lt i Permi
107. 2 5 Phytron translator 43551 5 TSX REY Bus X remote module 43514 3 TSX DEY Discrete input modules 43520 9 TSX RKA Connection accessories for racks 43510 4 TSX DG Installation manuals 43900 2 43900 3 TSX RKY Extendable and non extendable racks 43510 4 DM DR TSX SAY Master module for AS i bus 4361 1 3 TSX DMY Discrete UO modules 43520 10 TSX SCA Connection accessories for TSX DSY Discrete output modules 43520 9 Jnet network 43603 3 TSX EEF IP 67 remote I O modules on Fipio 42315 10 Modbus Jbus bus 43595 4 EMF ESF Uni Telway bus 43594 6 TSX EF ACC Dust and damp proof junction box line terminators 42315 10 TSX SCP Connecting cables for TSX EF ACC 2 Connecting cables for IP 67 I O modules 42315 10 asynchronous serial link 43596 3 TSX EF C Connectors for IP 67 I O modules 42315 10 Jnet network 43603 3 TSX ETH Ethernet TCP IP network modules 43566 6 43601 13 Modbus Jbus bus 43595 5 Ethernet TCP IP network mini transceiver 48190 7 PCMCIA cards 43594 6 43595 4 43596 3 TSX ETH ACC Ethernet AUI connection accessories 43616 3 PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports 43606 2 TSX ETHC Ethernet AUI connecting cables 43616 3 Uni Telway bus 43594 7 ETYC TSX SCY Connecting cables for TSX FAN Fan modules 43510 4 asynchronous serial link 43596 3 TSX FP Connecting cables for CCX 17 communication module 43591 3 43592 3 industrial operator panels 43583 7 43594 6 43595 4 Fipio bus connecting cables Modbus Jbus bus 43595 5 and accessories 43589 5
108. 21 S 650 100 TSX CSY 84 D 1800 TSX ISP Y100 S 150 45 LL Total carry over to page 43605 3 Current mA ess Seel 1 Typical value given for 100 of inputs or outputs at state 1 2 If using an external 24 VR power supply the 300 mA consumption on the internal 24 VR should not be included when selecting the rack power supply 43605 2 Premium automation platform TSX PSY power supply module selection document continued specimen to be photocopied Reference Format Consumption in mA 1 S standard Voltage 5V Voltage 24VR Voltage 24V D double Module Total__ Carried forward esa Communication TSX ETY 110 210 2 S 800 TSX ETY 110 210 3 S 1200 TSX ETY 110 WS 2 S 800 TSX ETY 110 WS 3 S 1200 TSX ETY 410 5101 S 360 TSX IBY 100 S 500 TSX PBY 100 S 400 TSX SAY 100 S 110 TSX SCY 21601 S 350 TSX SCP 111 140 TSX SCP 112 120 TSX SCP 114 150 TSX FPP 10 330 TSX FPP 20 330 TSX JNP 112 120 TSX JNP 114 150 TSX MBP 100 220 TSX CPP 100 60 TSX MDM 10 195 TSX P ACC 01 150 Terminal T FTX 117 ADJ 02 L J 30 CL J Total of Consumption per voltage Total current mA CL Cc mea x5V x 24 VR x 24 V owers Power mW KE Ca Dees Lin gt wa ia ir lt lt lt Power available in mW Overall Choice of power supply module TSX PSY 1610 S 15 000 15 000
109. 3 and 43550 4 Connections pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 Dimensions page 43550 11 TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors References TSX CAY Ze TSX CAY 33 TSX TAP S15 TSX TAP MAS ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 TSX CAY 4e Motion control modules for servomotors Type of input Characteristics Functions No of Reference Weight axes 1 2 kg Incremental 500 kHz Servo control on 2 TSX CAY 21 0 480 encoders counter with independent linear axis 5 VRS 422 incremental 10 30 V encoder 4 TSX CAY 41 0 610 Totem Pole 3 Acquisition Absolute 200 kHz encoders with serial Servo control on 2 TSX CAY 22 0 480 RS 485 serial absolute independent infinite axis or parallel 4 encoder Follower axes Realtime correction of 4 TSX CAY 42 0 610 servodrive offset Servo control on 3 TSX CAY 33 0 610 linear or infinite axis Linear interpolation on 2 or 3 limited axes Realtime correction of servodrive offset Connection accessories Description Connection Type of connector on No Reference Weight TSX CAY ee module 5 kg SUB D Incremental SSI SUB D 15 way 4 TSX CAP S15 0 050 connectors absolute encoder 1 per axis Sold in lots of 2 Speed SUB D 9 way 7 TSX CAP S9 0 050 references 1 per TSX CAY module Connection
110. 31 Used to create the electronic cams with linear or cubic interpolation between rofile points Remote axes 4 channels 13 to 16 Follow the external position from an encoder connected to the auxiliary position input of the servodrive Main functions Programming Movements Homing absolute relative or continuous Immediate movement or queued to a given position Speed override possible Special functions Following and synchronization of axes phasing a Slave in relation to the Master Measurement of dimensions by resolver or external encoder Rotary blade cut Stops restarts Fast stop stop on configured deceleration profile Temporary stop Restart of stopped movement Configuration Adjustment SERCOS ring Bus cycle time traffic on the bus optical power on the fiber SERCOS loop diagnostics Acceleration deceleration Ramp values ramp type rectangular triangular and trapezoid choice of units maximum acceleration adjustment Speed Speed units default speed maximum speed speed override Other settings In band position rollover software position limits Set of follower axes Following the master axis by gearing or camming cam profile threshold position of master triggers following Bias value when synchronizing an axis monitoring of Master Slave position master offset for follower axis Set of coordinated axes Type of interpolation linear Came profi
111. 4 Application specific modules and solutions Contents Analogue UO Selection guide Analogue UO modules TSX AEYe TSX ASYe Process control TSX P57 ee3M T PCX 57 ee3M Counter and Selection guide measurement modules Counter module TSX CTY 2A 4A Counter and measurement modules TSX CTY 2C Electronic cam module TSX CCY 1128 Motion control Selection guide modules For servomotors with analogue setpoint TSX CAYe For SERCOS digital ring drives TSX CSY 84 For stepper motors TSX CFY 11 21 Lexium motion control ISP Plus integrated weighing TSX ISP Ye system Process power supply TSX SUP 16 units and modules Warm Standby redundant TLX CD WSBY architecture pages 0472Q 2 and 0472Q 3 pages 43530 6 and 43530 7 pages 43620 2 to 43620 9 pages 0452Q 2 and 0452Q 3 page 43540 5 page 43541 5 page 43542 4 pages 0453Q 2 and 0453Q 3 pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 page 43555 5 page 43551 5 pages 43545 2 and 43545 3 page 43552 7 page 43560 3 page 43566 6 0209 3 Premium automation platform Analogue I O modules Selection guide d 4 gt gt gt gt Low level isolated inputs thermocouples temperature _probes Thermocouple inputs High level inputs with common point Multirange Multirange Voltage current EEGEN 80 80 mV EE EEN 4 20 mA 0 20 mA external shunt supplied B E J K L N R S T U thermocouples Pt 100 Pt 1000 thermal probes Ni
112. 43540 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43540 3 TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules References TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A ABE 7H16R20 TSX TAP S15 ee TSX CDP e02 TSX CDP e03 Counter modules Type of input Characteristics No of Reference Weight chan 1 kg 2 3 wire prox sensors Counting 40 kHz 2 TSX CTY 2A 0 320 PNP NPN 24 V Cycle time 5 ms Incremental encoders 5 VRS 422 10 30 V Totem Pole Counting 40 kHz 4 TSX CTY 4A 0 430 Cycle time 10 ms Connection accessories Description For connecting Connector type Unit Weight on TSX CTY ee reference kg SUB D Counter sensors SUB D 15 way TSX CAP S15 0 050 connectors or incremental encoder sold in lots of 2 Telefast 2 Counter sensors and SUB D 15 way ABE 7CPA01 0 300 connection 24 V power supply sub bases Auxiliary inputs HE 10 20 way ABE 7H16R20 0 300 24 V power supply and for 2 channels 5 V 10 30 V encoder power supply Additional 20 shunted terminals Sold in lots of 5 ABE 7BV20 0 030 terminal block for ABE 7H16R20 sub base Connection Encoder 5 VRS 422 SUB D 15 way TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces for incremental encoder Encoder 10 30 V SUB D 15 way TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 Totem Pole Connecting cables D
113. 5 TSX SCA 61 passive terminal block used for end devices which have the appropriate connections ATV 45 Masap drives It is used for coding the address of the connected device 6 TSX LES 64 74 cable connectors for extensions to the Uni Telway bus used to connect PLC processors which have an integral Uni Telway port as standard model 40 PLCs They are used for coding the address of the connected device 7 TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card for connecting Micro 1 Premium PLCs to the Uni Telway bus 8 TSXSCY CU 6530 Uni Telway connecting cable between the TSX SCY 21601 module and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket 9 TSXP ACC 01 connection box used for connecting a Micro Premium PLC to the Uni Telway bus via the PLC terminal port The connecting cable length 1 m is integrated in the connection box It isolates the signals for distances gt 10 m and is used to match the end of line impedance It is also used to set the operation of the terminal port Uni Telway Master Slave or character mode 10 XBT Z908 Uni Telway connecting cable between the CCX 17 operator panel and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket see page 43583 7 11 TSX SCP CU 4030 Uni Telway connecting cable between the TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card on TSX P57 e0M processor or TSX SCY 21601 module and the TSX SCA 50 junction box 12 TSX PCU 1030 1031 Uni Telway connecting cable between the FT 2100 PC compatible and the TER or AUX ports of Micro Premium PLCs or the TSX P ACC 01
114. 5 way TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces for incremental Encoder 10 30 V SUB D 15 way TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 encoder Totem Pole Connecting cables Description From TSX CTY 2C To Length Reference Weight module kg Cables 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA01 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 cross section connector ABE CPA11 0 205 mm sub bases or TSX TAP S15ee im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 accessory 15 way SUB D connector 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 300 20 wire Auxiliary inputs Free end with 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 preformed supply 24 V flying leads cables and encoder supply 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 500 mA max 5 V 10 30 V 20 way HE 10 10m TSX CDP 1001 1 210 moulded connector Rolled ribbon Auxiliary inputs ABE 7H16R20 im TSX CDP 102 0 090 cables supply 24 V Telefast 2 sub base 100 mA max and encoder supply 20 way HE 10 2m TSX CDP 202 0 170 5 V 10 30 V connector 20 way HE 10 3m TSX CDP 302 0 250 connector Connecting Auxiliary inputs ABE 7H16R20 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 cables supply 24 V Telefast 2 sub base 500 mA max and encoder supply 20 way HE 10 im TSX CDP 103 0 150 5 V 10 30 V connector 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 20 way HE 10 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 moulded connector 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 1 Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 Enables multiplexing of 2 absolute encoders on the same channel up to 4 absolute encoders when using 2 ABE 7CPA11 adaptor sub bases 43541 5 Premium automat
115. 586 5 bus 43607 3 O Modbus Plus network connection accessories 43599 5 OZD FIP Fipio Fipway fibre optic transceiver 43590 3 490 NTW Shielded cables for Ethernet network 4819077 T 490 NTC Shielded cables for Ethernet network 48190 7 T CCX Connecting cables for CCX 17 industrial 490 NOC Fibre optic cables for Ethernet network 48190 7 operator panels 43583 7 NOT NOR Front panels for CCX 17 industrial operator 490 USE Installation manuals 43900 3 panels 43583 6 499 NEH Hubs for Ethernet network 48190 7 T CCX 17 CCX 17 industrial operator panels 43583 6 NOH T FTX CB Connecting cables for TER AUX ports 43594 7 43606 2 499 NES Switches for Ethernet network 48190 7 T FTXRAM Memory extension for T XBT graphic stations 36354 3 NOS T PCX Premium coprocessor with integrated Fipio link 43589 5 499 NTR Transceivers for Ethernet network 48190 7 T PCX 57 PCX 57 coprocessors 43513 5 870 USE Momentum installation manuals 43900 3 T XBT Graphic stations with keypad 36354 3 990 MCO Fibre optic cables for SERCOS module 43555 5 TBX Accessories for distributed I O modules 42311 11 990 NAA InterBus S bus PC connecting cable 43602 5 TBX AES Distributed analogue UO modules 42313 5 990 NAD Local site tap for 48232 3 36360 3 AMS ASS Modbus Plus network and 43599 5 TBX BLP Connection terminal block 42311 11 42313 5 A TBX CEP Distributed monobloc input modules 42311 10 ABE 7ACC01 Kit for fixing on solid plate 14040 2 TBX CSP Distributed monobloc output modules 42311 10 ABE 7ACC
116. 70 communication TSX ETY 110 module see p 43601 13 module For the Warm Standby architecture for Premium this module also provides Warm Standby architecture transparent addressing during changeover diagnostics of the architecture self tests state of the Ethernet link and of the TSX ETY 210 dual module maintenance with access to the Backup PLC 1 Product supplied with setup manual in English Additional compatible elements The Warm Standby architecture presented on page 43566 3 shows among other things the essential elements for redundancy Compatible standard modules can be added to this minimum configuration according to the requirements of the process being automated Elements for redundancy sold in lots of 2 e Bus X remote system TSX REY 200 Bus X remote module for increasing the length of Bus X to 2 x 350 m e Communication TSX ETY 210 Ethernet TCP IP communication module for communication with level 3 TSX SCP 114 Modbus communication PCMCIA card for Modbus Slave communication with transparent addressing for third party devices This card should be inserted in the slot in the TSX SCY 21601 communication module e Discrete and analogue I O TSX DEY eeK discrete input modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC11 Telefast 2 redundant sub bases TSX DSY eeK discrete output modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC10 Telefast 2 redundant sub bases TSX DMY eeK discret
117. 94401 Vitry sur Seine URL www sciaky com France Secheron Ltd Tel 41 22 739 4111 VMB OZ Communication interface boards Modbus Plus 14 Avenue de Secheron Fax 41 22 738 7305 Geneva 21 URL www secheron com Switzerland Silicomp Tel 33 0 4 76 41 66 66 Software development Services Fipio 195 Rue Lavoisier Fax 33 0 4 76 41 66 67 Fipway F 38330 Montbonnot St Martin URL www silicomp com France Simulation Sciences Tel 1 713 683 1710 AIM HMI SCADA Modbus 2500 City West Boulevard Fax 1 713 683 6613 AIM AT Modbus Plus Ste 1200 Houston TX 77042 URL www simsci com United States SISCO Inc Tel 1 810 254 0020 AX S4 MMS Miscellaneous software Modbus 6605 19 1 2 Mile Road Fax 1 810 254 0053 Modbus Plus Sterling Heights URL www sisconet com MI 48314 1408 United States 43614 10 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Company Tel Fax URL Reference Category Technology Sofrel Telecontrol Tel 33 0 2 99 04 89 00 SOFREL S50 RTU HMI SCADA Uni Telway 2 rue du Plessis Fax 33 0 2 99 04 89 01 for technical facilities Modbus F 35770 Vern sur Seiche SOFREL S50 Thermix RTU HMI SCADA Uni Telway France for HVAC applications Modbus Spectrum Controls Inc Tel 1 425 746 9481 140 ACI 051 32 Ch analog input Electrical I O interface Quantum P O Box 5533 Fax 1 425 641 9473 SOI 260 HMl operator panel 800 2700 Richards Road URL www spectrumctls com Suite 200 Bellevue
118. A TSX TAP MAS 8 TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connector 14 TSX CXP 233 633 cable with connector 15 TSX CXP 223 cable with connector Connection example for distribution of speed references for speed drives Drive TSX CAY 21 Drive TSX TAP MAS 8 TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connector 9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector 43550 10 Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Dimensions Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Dimensions TSX TAP S15 05 connection interface for incremental encoder Paes ae 27 4 Mounting in enclosure feedthrough dust and damp proof 37 cut out panel thickness 5 mm maximum TSX TAP MAS speed reference splitter block for speed drives Mounting on DIN rail with LA9 DC9976 accessory 43550 11 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43555 4 References page 43555 5 Connections page 43555 5 SERCOS TSX CSY 84 Premium motion control module SERCOS architecture block diagrams SERCOS architecture Fiber optic cables SERCOS network ring Lexium MHDS servodrives Ld Lexium BPH motors SERCOS SERial COmmunication System is a communication standard which defines the digital link exchange protocol and medium between a motion control module and intelli
119. ATV 58F speed drive aysnchronous motors ral D A Gees Power supply 24 V H H IS UL 10 Telefast 2 1 C e lofofolo amp 5 5 8 dai ABE 7H16R20 TSX TAP MAS TSX CAY 42 SS Bal SCH To other t Gann eweg Se a speed ai ji l e Ee drives 5 amp S x E z a B IS Q 2 aQ 2g es 532z zez Sls fre fre lt lt E ATV 58F speed drive 2 Axis o EE 1 Lo Ld L Incremental encoder Speed drive Speed auxiliary UO reference 1 Incremental encoder 8 TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connector 9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector 10 TSX CDP ee cable with connector 16 VY1 X411CA15 cable with connector and adapter sub base 1 For auxiliary I O connections for example emergency stop homing etc see the connections on page 43550 7 2 The speed drive must be programmed as Macro configuration General use For other ATV 58F speed drive connections please see our specialist catalog 43550 9 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Connections continued Connection example for NUM MDLA modular speed drives TSX CAY 21 NUM MDL
120. Characteristics pages 48190 3 to 48190 6 Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10baseT 100baseT X interface Presentation Presentation As part of its Transparent Factory family of products Schneider Electric offers a range of industrially hardened network hubs switches transceivers bridges and cables These Ethernet standard communication components enable you to integrate Ethernet solutions from the device level to the control network and beyond to the corporate intranet Each product in the Ethernet cabling system is designed with compliance to Ethernet standards and with third party compatibility in mind e Transparent Factory Hubs connect segments to supply shared communication among PLCs TF Hubs are low cost solutions which enable communications with devices such as Momentum UO to Ethernet networks e Transparent Factory Switches segment the application in different zones groups or cells machines The proper placement of switches can increase network performance by relieving network congestion TF switches implement SNMP protocol allowing standard network management tools to monitor and diagnose the network and thus are a key architectural component for real time and deterministic network communication e Transparent Factory Transceivers provide connections to fiber optic networks in order to secure transmissions in areas of high electromagnetic interference The use of multiple transceivers enables long distances be
121. E 10 connector length 0 08 m 43566 7 8 Communication Contents X Way communication Selection guide for bus and network modules X Way communication architecture Communication module Ethernet TCP IP modules Transparent Factory Ethernet wiring system 10baseT and 100baseTX Ethernet wiring system 10base5 Fipway network Modbus Plus network Fipio bus manager Fipio bus Agent function Wiring system Fipio bus and Fipway network Fipio bus and Fipway network on fibre optic cables Modem module Uni Telway bus Modbus Jbus bus Asynchronous serial links Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports Jnet network InterBus S bus Profibus DP bus CANopen bus TSX SCYe TSX ETHe 499 Nee TSX ETHe TSX FPP 20 TSX MBP 100 TSX P57e TSX FPP100e TSX FPe OZD FIP TSX MDMe TSX SCP TSX SCP TSX SCP TSX SCe TSX JNPe TSX IBY 100 TSX IBX 100 TSX PBY 100 TSX CPP 100 pages 0477Q 2 to 0477Q 5 pages 43609 2 to 43301 11 page 43591 3 page 43601 13 page 48190 7 page 43616 3 page 43592 3 page 43599 5 page 43589 5 page 43593 3 pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 page 43590 3 page 43598 3 pages 43594 6 and 43594 7 pages 43595 4 and 43595 5 page 43596 3 pages 43606 2 and 43606 3 page 43603 3 page 43602 5 page 43607 3 page 43615 3 0213 3 Premium automation platform Network modules Selection guide
122. ETY CB 020 1 820 15 way SUB D 5m TSX ETH CC 005 0 510 2 straight for FTX 517 or PC compatible 10m TSX ETH CC 010 0 980 connection 20 m TSX ETH CC 020 1 820 Description Use Reference Weight 1 kg Ethernet 10base5 Fitting TSX ETH ACC 3 TSX ETH ACC 10M 4 800 installation kit on trunk cable 1 The letter M at the end of a reference indicates that the product is supplied with documentation in English and in French 43616 3 Premium automation platform References page 43592 3 Fipway network Presentation performance Presentation The Fipway network is an open local area network for communication between the various Micro Premium and TSX Series 7 PLCs using the X Way services Communication conforms to the FIP standard with access via a bus arbitrator Micro TSX 37 21 22 and Premium PLCs can be connected to a Fipway network using a Fipway PCMCIA card which is inserted in each processor or into the TSX SCY 21601 Premium communication module Supported X Way services see pages 43301 3 to 43301 5 are e Uni TE services e Distributed database COM or Shared Table e Telegram service only available when the PCMCIA card is inserted in the processor e Application to application communication Sao FT 2100 i Premium Ethernet TCP IP Oy SG gt gt Fipway Rus e Ges ech m oU Je Uo k e gt
123. Gaas Tower Fax 965 240 75 06 Abidjan 18 Sharq 2nd Floor Croatia E Schneider Electric SA Tel 385 1 367 100 PO Box 20092 13 061 Safat Fallerovo Setaliste 22 Fax 385 1 367 111 Latvia E Schneider Electric Tel 371 750 32 32 10000 Zagreb Rue Tornia 4 IIIB office 203 and 32 34 Cuba E Schneider Electric Tel 53 724 15 59 LV1050 Riga Fax 371 732 07 97 Bureau de Liaison de La Havane Fax 53 724 12 17 Lebanon E Schneider Electric Liban Tel 961 1 613 006 007 Calle 36 N 306 Apto1 SODECO Square Fax 961 1 613 008 Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar Office Tower Bloc B 13th Floor Playa Habana Rue de Damas Czech Republic W Schneider Electric CZ s p o Tel 420 2 810 88 111 Beyrouth Thamova 13 Fax 420 2 24 81 08 51 Lithuania E Schneider Electric Tel 370 275 31 73 186 00 Praha 8 www schneider electric cz rue Juozapaviciaus 11 and 32 64 Denmark E Schneider Electric A S Tel 45 44 73 7888 2600 Vilnus Fax 370 272 19 78 Baltorpbakken 14 Fax 45 44 68 5255 Malaysia E Schneider Malaysia Sdn Bhd Tel 60 37 05 11 50 DK 2750 Ballerup www schneider electric dk No 11 Jalan U1 19 Seksyen U1 Fax 60 37 05 11 70 Dominican E Schneider Electric Tel 1 809 334 66 63 Hicom Glenmarie Industrial Park www schneider electric com my Republic Calle Jacinto Manon Fax 1 809 334 66 68 Shah Alam Esq Federico Geraldino 40150 Selangor Darul Ehsan Edificio D Roca Plaza Suite 402 Martinique E Schneider Electric Tel 596 51 06 00 Ens P
124. IA module card for Micro Premium PLCs FT 2100 terminal and PC compatible 4 TSX FP ACC 3 4 T junction box It also has two 9 way female SUB D connectors for connecting any device which connects to the bus by a PCMCIA card 5 TSX FP ACC 12 9 way female SUB D connector for Fipway Fipio connection TSX FP ACC 2 for TSX 17 20 for example daisy chaining or tap link connection 6 TSX FP ACC 7 line terminator to be placed at each segment end TSX LES 65 terminal block for TSX Series 7 PLC which performs the address coding 43590 2 Premium automation platform Fipio and Fipway on fibre optic cables Presentation continued characteristics references Performance Fipio bus operating mode and performance on fibre optics After configuration in Fipio mode the processor scans the various application devices according to the software configuration e Image variables of the input values and of the output command values of a configured device are scanned as quickly as possible on the bus whilst respecting the relationship existing between periods of different tasks which use these devices e Appearance or disappearance of a configured device is detected on the bus within a maximum time of 200 ms e Exchanges occur at the rate defined by the programmer from 10 to 20 Uni TE messages per second The network cycle time is double that of the electrical bus when OZD FIP G3 transceivers are used Fipway bus operating mode and
125. L7 e P 40M For PL7 software V lt 4 0 use cable TSX PCU 1030 43594 7 Premium automation platform References pages 43595 4 and 43595 5 Modbus Jbus bus Presentation description Presentation AHO Hl SOS Micro Premium April 5000 Quantum The Modbus Jbus bus is used for Master Slave architectures however it is necessary to check that the Modbus Jbus services used by the application are implemented on the devices concerned The bus comprises one Master station and several Slave stations Only the Master station can initiate the exchange direct communication between Slave stations is not possible Two exchange mechanisms are possible e Question answer the requests from the Master are addressed to a given Slave The master then waits for the response from the Slave which has been interrogated e Broadcasting the Master broadcasts a message to all the Slave stations on the bus which execute the command without transmitting a response Description Integrated link 1 Via integrated port on the Micro processor The TER port 8 way mini DIN also has Mo
126. MDM 10 Belgium TSX MDM ADT B 0 120 kit PCMCIA card length 3 m France TSX MDM ADT F 0 120 Germany TSX MDM ADT G 0 120 Italy TSX MDM ADT T 0 120 Spain TSX MDM ADT S 0 120 Other TSX MDM ADT W 1 For other countries please consult your Regional Sales Office 43598 3 Premium automation platform References pages 43594 6 and 43594 7 Uni Telway bus Presentation characteristics Presentation The Uni Telway bus is a standard means of communication between control system components PLCs MMI terminals supervisors variable speed drives numerical controllers weighing equipment etc It is suitable for architectures designed to pilot control and monitoring devices via a PLC or architectures used for MMI supervision etc The Uni Telway bus requires a master station which manages the allocation of bus access rights to the various connected stations known as slave stations UME a t T R m 8 Uni Telway Characteristics Structure Type Heterogeneous industrial bus Physical interface Programming port Integrated link PCMCIA card PCMCIA card PCMCIA card RS 485 non isolated fto TSX SCY 21601 RS 485 isolated 20 mA CL RS 232 D nonisolated TER AUX module RS 422 RS 485 isolated Link Multidrop Point to point Method of access Master Slave principle Transmission Mode Asynchronous transmission in baseband Data rat
127. Movements are described using a syntax similar to that of ISO language Movements may be expressed in absolute or relative terms in relation to either the current position or a home point Operation is possible in step by step mode Checks Environment Translator limit switches emergency stop Motion Check correct execution by software position limits loss of step Control Check consistency of commands Parameters Check validity of parameters Optional commands Boost brake Connections TSX CFY 11 21 stepper control module connections 114 Oo pulses eck e Qo 214 x Brake output Axis 1 pulses or direction Je 1 ot l 180 Outputs Boost Axis 0 M Qo a Brake output Axis 0 Translator enable pa SE 1 Auxiliary UO 24 V Sie SL Reactivation of step loss Axis 1 sta Cp L P T bert mandi me check e E dese power supply 5 211 ot S Limit switch i Axis 0 or 1 a 110 0 EH Translator check gt oor am e 2 210 Ka Limit switch Loss of step check gt OC 109 0 4 3 Telefast 2 4 209 oF S External stop inputs Axis E A a e eer eee NS ee TT i TSX CFY 11 21 Sieg 1 1a Le Emer enc sto Translator 1 CEET e SEH Allh sl Let LS Event ABE 7H16R20 106 Keen r JE ee p el manng lt Axes
128. N 7 5 1 565 5 4 5 TSX ETY 110 110WS 2 KAL 7 5 1 5 4 5 5 5 TSX ETY 410 5101 g TSX ETY 110 110WS k TSX ETH CA ee0 trunk cable triaxial cable 50 Q coaxial with shielding 1 male N type connector to be fitted to each end TSX ETH CD 025 trunk cable triaxial cable equipped with N type connectors length 2 5 m Corresponds to minimum length between 2 TSX ETH ACC 2 transceivers 2 TSX ETY CB 0ee drop cable 4 shielded twisted pair cable AUI interface a straight connector and an elbow connector 3 TSX ETY CC Oee drop cable 4 shielded twisted pair cable AUI interface two straight connectors 4 TSX ETH ACC 2 transceiver AUI interface Enables a device to be connected to the Ethway network obligatory when connecting two modules in point to point 5 TSX ETH ACC 3 male N type connector for trunk cable 6 TSX ETH ACC 4 female female adaptor for extension of trunk cable 7 TSX ETH ACC 5 50 Q line terminator includes an isolated terminator and a non isolated terminator which must be connected to the installation grounding network One assembly per segment is required Mixed 10base5 AUI 10baseT RJ45 connection 8 Hubs with 8 RJ45 ports 1 AUI port TSX ETH 410 5101 Ethernet modules have only one RJ45 connector They can however be connected to an Ethernet 10base5 network twisted pair by using the hub accessory TSX ETH NEH 8 which has eight 10baseT ports RJ45 and one 1
129. NVE converter into PL7 symbols software Bus connection elements Description Use Length Reference Weight 1 kg Momentum Momentum UO base units 170 INT 110 00 communication on InterBus S bus module Remote bus 100 m TSX IBS CA 100 cables 400 m TSX IBS CA 400 Installation Preformed cables for 0 110 m 170 MCI 007 00 remote bus linking 2 communication cables modules im 170 MCI 100 00 Connecting TSX IBe to PC 3m 990 NAA 263 20 cable connection with CMD Tool software 9 way Remote bus cables 170 XTS 009 00 0 045 SUB D connectors sold in lots of 2 1 Product supplied with multilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 43602 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43607 3 References page 43607 3 Profibus DP bus Presentation description connectable devices Presentation The Profibus DP bus is a high speed fieldbus which conforms to industrial communication requirements PC with PL7 and DP software EH F q D Premium DEU Third party Third party a o devi devices evice Repeater With PL7 and DP software ATV Momentum EE The Profibus DP is a linear bus with a centralised access procedure of the Master Slave type Only Master stations also known as active stations have access rights to the bus The Slave or passive stations can only respond to prompts Dialogue between Masters is also possibl
130. R DRIVE Direct drive mode inhibition of servo loop The module operates in analog output mode only MAN Motion controlled by operator visual control of movement incremental movement AUTO Movement sequence controlled by PLC program Movements are described using a syntax similar to that of ISO language Movements can be expressed in absolute or relative terms either in relation to current position or in relation to a home point Operation is possible in step by step mode by motion stop start by speed correction FOLLOWER The n axis of the module is governed by either the 0 axis of the same module or a command profile transmitted by the application program Checks Environment Encoder link drive present emergency stop Motion Check correct execution of movements following error in position band software position limits Commands Check consistency of commands Parameters Check validity of parameters Functions Type of module TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33 Linear interpolation 2 3 axes Mes Limited axes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Infinite axes Yes Yes Yes Follower axes Static ratio Yes Yes Dynamic ratio Yes KeS Correction of servodrive offset Yes Yes Yes 43550 3 Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Connections pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 Dimensions
131. See0e cables 5 6 Includes the TSX BLY 01 20 way screw terminal block 43530 7 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Presentation The process control range integrated as standard in Premium platforms enables the setup and debugging of process control loops specifically designed for machine control TSX P57 2 3 3 3 453M processors and T PCX 57 203 353M coprocessors can be used depending on the model to manage 10 to 20 control channels of 3 loops each These channels can be configured in order to execute algorithms used in industrial processes e Cascaded loop Process loop Autoselective loop Setpoint programmer Controller with three simple loops TSX P57 203 3e3 453M processors and TPCX 57 203 353M coprocessors manage an entire station consisting of racks connected on Bus X The I O interfaces necessary for process control processing are analogue or discrete module channels in e In rack I O modules e TBX or Momentum distributed I O modules The software setup of control loops is performed by entering parameters Plug and Play technology when configuring the TSX P57 T PCX 57 processor or coprocessor The user completes predefined loop diagrams which also integrate management of the operating mode and the link with the I O XBT F and T XBT F operator dialogue terminals have preconfigured screens dedicat
132. T 000 05 ES NOR 000 05 Type Standard glass fibre optic Length m 5 Preformed connectors MT RJ SC duplex ae aren Susceptibility to radiation No radiation along the cable length 48190 6 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10baseT 100baseTX interface References Characteristics pages 48190 3 to 48190 6 Description Type of Ethernet network Available ports Reference Weight kg a TF hubs 10 Mbps 4 10baseT ports 499 NEH 004 10 0 520 e 3 10baseT ports 499 NOH 005 10 0 900 i 2 10baseFL ports an h 100 Mbps 4 100baseTX ports 499 NEH 041 00 0 520 499 NEH 004 10 TF switches 10 100 Mbps 5 10baseT 100baseTX ports 499 NES 071 00 1 450 2 100baseTX ports 5 100baseTX ports 499 NOS 071 00 1 450 2 100baseFX ports 2 eg UE TF transceivers 10 Mbps 1 10baseT port 499 NTR 000 10 0 520 F 1 10baseFL port h 100 Mbps 1 100baseTX port 499 NTR 001 00 0 520 e 1 100baseFX port 499 NOH 005 10 Description Type of Ethernet ports Reference Weight interconnection available kg TF bridges Modbus Plus Ethernet 1 10baseT RJ 45 type 174 CEV 200 30 4 260 Modbus single or 10base2 BNC type double pair or 10base5 AUI type port Modbus Ethernet 1 10baseT port RJ 45 type 174 CEV 300 10 0 500 4 i Connection cables
133. TSX Series 7 stations with addresses 0 to 15 Security Control characters in each frame and acknowledgement of point to point messages conforming to standard NF C 46 603 Surveillance Bus diagnostics accessible via FT 2100 FTX 517 Network diagnostics accessible via FT 2100 FTX 517 terminal equipped with PL7 or SYSDIAG software terminal equipped with NETDIAG software please consult our specialist catalogue 1 The COM and Shared Table service are mutually exclusive 2 Service reserved for Micro and Premium PLCs 3 Service only available when Fipway PCMCIA card is installed in the processor 43597 2 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43597 2 Connections pages 43597 4 and 43597 5 Fipio bus and Fipway network Connectable devices Connectable devices Boxes Connectors Devices to be connected on Fipio TSX FP TSX FP TSX FP TSX EF TSX FP TSX FP TBX TSX ACC 4 ACC 14 ACC 3 ACC 99 ACC 2 ACC 12 BLP 01 LES 65 Premium Fipio Agent Premium bus manager TL a Micro Fipio Agent ATV 16 TLF 9 CCX 17 LT 9 FT 2100 PC compatible TP WO PC compatible TP WO XBT F TXBT F Magelis terminals Momentum hr TBX IP 20 IP 67 I O TBX SAP 10 AS i gateway DC SSS ae Boxes Conn
134. These functions can be used in Ladder language Instruction list language or Structured Text language e Specialized screens for configuring adjusting and debugging axes Programming movements a core A movementon an independent axis is initiated by executing F EN an SMOVE control function in the application program Example go to the absolute position 10 000 000 um at a speed of 200 mm min without stopping A screen enables the assisted entry of parameters in the SMOVE function in an operation block The XMOVE command enables movement to be initialized on interpolated axes TSX CAY 33 only Instruction codes The characteristics of movements are described using a syntax similar to that for a numerical controller program block written in ISO language TSX CAY and TSX CFY motion control modules use the following instructions Individual Interpol axes axes SMOVE XMOVE TSX CAY TSX CAY Code and type of instruction 21 41 22 42 33 33 09 Move to the position and stop 01 Move to the position without stopping 10 Move until an event is detected and stop 11 Move until an event is detected without stopping 14 Homing 04 Stop command 05 Await an event 07 Memorize the current position when an event occurs 62 Forced homing 30 32 Simple machining 92 Initialization of memorized positions 21 Move without stopping with homing on the fly Ss I Instruction possible These instruction codes can be re
135. URL www toshiba com United States TR Electronic Tel 49 0 7425 228 0 CE65 absolute rotary encoders Miscellaneous sensor Fipio Eglishalde 6 Fax 49 0 7425 228 33 LA 68K linear absolute coders Miscellaneous sensor Fipio D 78647 Trossingen URL www trelectronic com Germany TURCK Inc Tel 1 612 553 7300 Sensoplex MC Communication interface boards Modbus Plus 3000 Campus Drive Fax 1 612 553 0708 Plymouth MN 55441 URL www turck com United States Weed Instrument Tel 1 512 434 2844 Fiber Optic Modem 6000 EoTec Communication hardware Modbus P O Box 300 Fax 1 512 434 2851 Modbus Plus 707 Jeffrey Way URL www weed instrument com S800 Round Rock TX 78680 0300 United States Westermo Tel 46 16 61200 Modem Communication hardware Modbus Teleindustri AB SE 640 Fax 46 16 61180 Uni Telway 40 Stora Sundby URL www westermo se Sweeden Wonderware Tel 1 949 727 3200 Intouch HMI SCADA Ethway 100 Technology Drive Fax 1 949 727 3270 Fipway Irvine CA 92718 URL www wonderware com Uni Telway United States Modbus Plus Xycom Inc Tel 1 734 429 4971 34XX HMI operator panel Uni Telway 750 North Maple Road Fax 1 734 429 1010 Modbus Saline URL www xycom com Modbus Plus Michigan MI 48176 United States 43614 11 Schneider Electric worldwide Up dated 21 12 1999 Country Addre
136. X CD D Documentation on CD ROM 43900 2 TSX 57 processors with integrated Fipio link 43589 5 TSX CDP Connecting cables for TSX PAY Safety modules 43522 6 counter modules 43540 5 TSX PBS Profibus DP bus cables 43607 3 discrete UO modules 43520 10 TSX PBY Profibus DP bus module assembly 43607 3 electronic cam modules 43542 4 TSX P ACC Terminal port connection box 43594 6 43595 4 measurement and fast counter modules 43541 5 and 43596 3 motion control modules 43550 6 43551 5 TSX P CAP Handle for memory cards motion control modules for stepper motor 43551 5 TSX PCD Asynchronous serial link connection accessories 43606 3 TSX CFY Motion control modules for stepper motor 43551 5 Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards TSX CPP CANopen Bus Master PCMCIA card tap junction 43615 3 and TER AUX ports 43603 2 Connecting cables for safety modules 43522 6 TSX PCU Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards TSX CSA Uni Telway bus connection accessories 43594 7 and TER AUX ports 43606 3 TSX CSY SERCOS motion control module 43555 5 Uni Telway bus connection accessories 43594 7 TSX CTC PLC bus and network connection components TSX PCX Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards for CCX 87 stations 43585 3 and TER AUX ports 43606 3 TSX CTY Counter modules 43540 5 TSX PLP Back up batteries for Measurement and counter module 43541 5 CCX 17 panel data TSX CXP Connecting cables for processor RAM memory 43512 5 Lexium NUM servo drives 43550 6 TSX PSY Power supply modules for racks 4351
137. X CTY 2C measurement and counter module References a TSX CTY 2C Ki ABE 7H16R20 RK TSX TAP S15 ee TSX CCP S15 eee TSX CDP e02 RER TSX CDP e01 TSX CDP e03 Measurement and counter module Type of input Characteristics No of Reference Weight chan 1 kg 2 3 wire prox sensors Counting 2 TSX CTY 2C 0 340 PNP NPN 24 V Cycle time 1 ms Incremental encoders 5 VRS 422 10 30 V Totem Pole SSI serial or parallel output Cycle time 1 ms 2 TSX CTY 2C 0 340 absolute encoders with ABE 7CPA11 sub base Connection accessories Description For connecting Connector type Unit Weight on TSX CTY 2C reference kg SUB D Counter sensors SUB D 15 way TSX CAP S15 0 050 connector or incremental Soldinlots of 2 encoder Telefast 2 Counter sensors and SUB D 15 way ABE 7CPA01 0 300 connection 24 V power supply sub bases Auxiliary inputs HE 10 20 way ABE 7H16R20 0 300 supply 24 V for 2 channels and encoder supply 5 V 10 30 V Additional 20 shunted terminals for Order in multiples of 5 ABE 7BV20 0 030 terminal block ABE 7H16R20 sub base Adaptor Parallel output SUB D 15 way ABE 7CPA11 0 300 sub base for absolute encoders TSXCTY2C 5 V 10 30 V module 2 Connection Encoder 5 V RS 422 SUB D 1
138. X SCY CM 6030 0 180 O La TSX SCA 62 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCY CU 6530 0 200 d 2 channel 2 wire subscriber isolated l socket 6 RS 485 RS 485 Character mode 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 180 terminal 2 wire isolated End of connecting cable fitted with 1 8 way female mini DIN connector 4 25 way male SUB D connector 2 9 way female SUB D connector 5 Flying leads 3 9 way male SUB D connector 6 15 way male SUB D connector 1 Point to point supplied with 1 SUB D adapter TSX CTC 07 9 way male 25 way female 2 TSX PCU 1031 cable to be used with terminal equipped with PL7 V 4 0 software reference TLX eee PL7 P 40M For PL7 V lt 4 0 software use TSX PCU 1030 cable 3 Point to point supplied with 2 SUB D adapters TSX CTC 07 9 way male 25 way female and TSX CTC 08 9 way male 25 way male 4 Point to point supplied with 1 SUB D adapter TSX CTC 09 9 way female 25 way male 43606 3 Premium automation platform References page 43603 3 Jnet network Presentation description characteristics Presentation The Jnet network enables an automatic exchange of data between several Series 1000 SMC 50 600 and Premium PLCs using the shared table service exchange by each PLC of a memory zone internal words broadcast zone to other PLCs on the network see page 43301 4 Jnet UF LEY UI TUS LO
139. XTS 020 00 IP 20 tee provides a tap link from the Modbus Plus cable cable with connectors at each end of an RJ 45 connector It has a 9 way SUB D connector for connecting the device TSX MBP CE 030 060 drop cable for Modbus Plus PCMCIA card equipped on the PCMCIA side with a 20 way miniature connector and with flying leads on the 990 NAD 230 00 010 local site tap side In lengths of 3 or 6 m 990 NAD 211 10 30 drop cable equipped on the device side with a 9 way SUB D connector and with flying leads on the 990 NAD 230 00 010 local site tap side In lengths of 2 4 or 6 m TSX MBP CE 002 drop cable for Modbus Plus PCMCIA card equipped on the PCMCIA side with a 20 way miniature connector and on the network side with a 9 way SUB D connector Can be used as an extension for cable 990 NAD 211 10 30 In lengths of 0 2 m AS MBKT 185 set of 2 line terminators impedance adaptor for IP 20 local site tap 990 NAD 230 00 to be placed at each end of the segment 990 NAD 230 11 set of 2 line terminators impedance adaptor for IP 65 local site tap 990 NAD 230 10 to be placed at each end of the segment 170 XTS 021 00 set of 2 line terminators impedance adaptor for tee 170 XTS 020 00 to be placed at each end of the segment 43599 4 Premium automation platform Modbus Plus network References Characteristics page 43599 3 Connections
140. ables can be integrated using mechanical kits in all types of weighing receptacles tray hopper silo tank overhead crane conveyor belt etc Application solutions please consult our specialist catalogue Special purpose software for weighing applications simplifies the creation of the overall control system application program without the designer having to have any special knowledge of this type of application Application solutions can be supplied as follows e An application disk weighing and MMI with installation and operation manual e A kit comprising the Premium PLC fitted with only those I O modules required for the weighing application the display unit or terminal suitable for man machine interface the Premium PCMCIA memory cartridge supporting the weighing application software 43552 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43552 6 References page 43552 7 ISP Plus integrated weighing system Functions installation Functions The weighing module used with its display unit is a true weight indicator A large number of specific weighing functions are integrated in this module Continuous measurement of weight in g kg t Ib oz etc and calculation of flow rate variation in weight Filtering of measurements according to several methods 19 filtering options Tare device and preset tare Automatic zero reset Measurement stability check Threshold check with extra
141. ale miniature connector 2 25 way male SUB D connector 3 Flying leads 4 15 way male SUB D connector 5 8 way female mini DIN connector 6 9 way female SUB D connector 1 Point to point supplied with 2 SUB D adapters TSX CTC 07 9 way male 25 way female and TSX CTC 08 9 way male 25 way male 43606 2 Premium automation platform Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports References continued Micro Premium Device to be Physical Protocol Length Reference Weight PLCs connected link kg TER AUX DTE terminal RS 232 Uni Telway 2 5m TSX PCU 1031 0 140 ports Slave PC minimum 1 2 continued DTE terminal RS 232 Character mode 3m TSX PCX 1030 0 170 printer Uni Telway 3 Slave PC without RTS 2 a DCE terminal RS 232 Character mode 3m TSX PCX 1130 0 140 Modem M SI Uni Telway 4 USA Europe 3 ZA W FT 2100 RS 485 Uni Telway 2 5m TSX PCU 1031 0 170 terminal minimum 2 2 CCX 17 RS 485 Uni Telway 2 5m XBT Z968 0 180 panel XBT terminal 4 883888886 I TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCA 50 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 communication T junction box 2 wire module isolated integrated 5 port Modbus Jbus 3m TS
142. alist catalogue and the Schneider Alliances documentation see pages 43614 2 to 43614 11 1 WorldFip mode is only supported by TBX discrete I O modules version 1 4 TBX LEP 020 2 WorldFip mode is only supported by modules version gt 2 0 43589 2 Premium automation platform References page 43589 5 Fipio bus manager function Description software setup Description TSX P57 53 M 1 processors and the T PCX P57 353 coprocessor have on the front panel 1 A9 way SUB D connector for connection to the bus via the TSX FP ACC 2 12 connector 1 The TSX P57 153M processor is a single format module Software setup Configuration PL7 Junior Pro software offer configuration screens which enable the declaration and immediate and intuitive configuration of the remote devices connected on the Fipio bus 1 Each circle represents one connection point 2 Clicking on a circle accesses the catalogue of devices which can be connected 3 Once confirmed the Fipio bus configuration will appear Processors fitted with the integrated Fipio link can manage 128 connection points on the bus addresses 0 to 127 See page 43589 4 for the table detailing limitations according to processor and type of device wo The diagnostic functions of the Fipio bus integrated in the PL7 Junior Pro software very quickly identify a fault on e The bus medium e Remote devices 1 A graphic re
143. ample the remote loading of a 50 K word program Device 1 GT CT CT Cin takes less than two minutes on a network with normal load p y es CT1 Cycle time of device 1 Fipway network fie NCT Cycle time of Fipway network 4 CT2 Cycle time of device 2 Device 2 d GE SIE ie The response time must be evaluated by the designer of each application in relation to the devices connected The processing time of a device can vary from one to two cycle times as a function of asynchronous operation 43592 2 Premium automation platform Fipway network Devices which can be connected references Micro Premium PLCs Micro Premium PLCs have a slot on the processor for a type III PCMCIA communication card This can be fitted with the TSX FPP 20 fipway network connection card which is also inserted into the TSX SCY 21601 communication module slot The TSX FPP 20 card comprises 1 Protective cover 2 Removable cover with fixing screws for access to the 20 way miniature connector 3 3 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card fault link fault COM lamp data transmission or reception 4 Connector to be ordered separately 4 TSX FP CG 010 030 1 or 3 m cable for connection to the TSX FP ACC 3 ACC 4 T junction box on 9 way SUB D 1 2 connector TSX 7 PLCs FT 2100 terminals PC compatibles Magelis dialog
144. ance between centres compatible with Micro PLC TSX SUP 1101 power supply unit mounted on AM1 PA mounting plate AF 1 EA6 BZZ 147 2 1 136 2 2 or on AM1 PA mounting plate 1 139 7 mm with AM1 DP200 rail 2 Mounted on AM1 PA mounting plate 43560 3 Premium automation platform Premium Warm Standby redundancy References Presentation page 43566 6 Connections page 43566 7 Presentation The Premium Warm Standby redundancy offer ensures continuity of operation for a control system based on a Premium platform in the event of failure of e Central processing and communication functions e All or part of the I O system It is based on the Normal Backup redundancy principle with complete redundancy of the main processing and communication functions the use of simple I O shared on a Fipio bus and or redundancy of in rack I O It covers all availability requirements when the purpose of the PLC is to monitor an installation in continuous operation signal incidents to a control station and transmit command instructions from the supervision manager to various locations on an extensive site It is aimed at processes which can tolerate a lack of control on the part of the PLC lasting 1 to 2 s average time for changeover from the Normal to the Backup unit Areas of application e In the commercial sector centralised technical
145. any Tel Fax URL Reference Category Technology Automation Science Inc Tel 1 508 358 4186 OMNIRAMA HMI SCADA Modbus 150 Buckskin Drive Fax 1 508 358 4186 Modbus Plus Weston MA 02193 United States AVG Automation Tel 1 630 668 3900 Resolver Motion axis control Modbus Plus 343 St Paul Boulevard Fax 1 630 668 4676 Interface DeviceNet Scanner Communication interface boards Quantum Carol Stream IL 60188 URL www AVG net Module United States Beckwood Services Inc Tel 1 603 382 3840 DeviceNet interface Miscellaneous hardware Autres P O Box 985 27 Hale Spring Fax 1 603 382 3852 Road Plaistow NH 03865 URL www beckwood com United States Bihl amp Wiedemann Tel 49 621 339 2723 AS i Modbus Plus Gateway Communication hardware Modbus Plus Kaefertaler Str 164 Fax 49 621 339 2239 1090 1091 Mannheim D 68167 URL www bihl wiedemann de Germany Bitronics Inc Tel 1 610 865 2444 MultiComm Power Meter amp Power Miscellaneous sensor Modbus P O Box 22290 Fax 1 610 865 2743 Plex Digital Transducer 261 Brodhead Road URL www bitronics com Lehigh Valley PA 18002 United States BLH Electronics Inc Tel 1 781 821 2000 LCp 100 LCp 200 DXp 40 Miscellaneous sensor Modbus 75 Shawmut Road Fax 1 781 828 1451 Weight indicator controllers Modbus Plus Canton MA 02021 URL www blh com United States Cape Software Tel 1 281 448 5177 VP Link Miscellaneous software Modbus Plus 333 N Sam Houston Pkwy Fax 1 281 448 2607 Suite 290 Houston URL www capeso
146. araiso Immeuble Cottrell Fax 596 51 11 26 Santo Domingo ZI de la L zarde 97232 Le Lamentin Ecuador E Schneider Ecuador Tel 593 2 25 03 23 Mexico E Groupe Schneider Mexico Tel 525 686 3000 Av de los Shyris y Rio Coca Esq Fax 593 2 43 49 40 Calz Rojo Gomez N 1121 Fax 525 686 2409 Edificio Eurocentro Segundo Piso Col Guadalupe del Moral www schneider electric com mx 6466 Quito Mexico 09300 Egypt E Schneider Electric Egypt Tel 20 24 01 01 19 Morocco E Schneider Electric Maroc Tel 212 299 08 48 to 57 68 El Tayaran Street Nasr City 11371 Cairo Fax 20 24 01 66 87 www schneider com eg 26 rue Ibnou Khalikane Quartier Palmiers 20100 Casablanca Fax 212 299 08 67 and 69 www schneider co ma wm Bsesens Schneider Electric worldwide Up dated 21 12 1999 Country Address Country Address Netherlande M Sonneidet MGTE Bv ee Spain E Schneider Electric Espa a S A Tel 34 93 484 3100 Waarderweg 40 Postbus 836 Fax 31 23 512 4100 i i PI Dr Letamendi 5 7 Fax 34 93 484 3308 2003 RV Haarlem www schneider electric nl 08007 Barcelona Www schneiderelectic Ge New Zealand E Schneider Electric NZ Ltd Tel 64 98 20 18 20 S z Sweden E Schneider Electric AB Tel 46 8 623 84 00 14 Charann Place Avondale Fax 64 98 20 18 21 S 5 Djupdalsv ge
147. ard Transmission Mode Manchester base band 10base5 or 10baseT Data rate 10 Mbps Medium Triaxial cable 50 Q for 10base5 Double twisted pair impedance 100 Q 15 Q for 10baseT Configuration Number of stations 64 max per network 10base5 Length of network 500 m maximum for electrical link between 2 end stations on one segment 1500 m max total length for electrical link 3 segments connected by 2 repeaters 2800 m max total length for mixed electrical fibre optic link 3 electrical segments and 1 x 1000 m fibre optic segment connected by 1 repeater and 2 electrical fibre optic half repeaters Tap links 4 shielded twisted pairs 50 m maximum AUI interface Attachment Unit Interface Multinetwork Possibility of interconnecting 127 X Way networks Configuration Number of stations Point to point connection via RJ45 standard connector enabling the formation of 10baseT a star network the stations are connected to concentrators or switches 64 stations maximum per network Length 100 m max between concentrator and terminal device Module services and functions TCP IP services Uni TE client server mode client server requests of 256 bytes synchronous mode client server requests of 1 K byte asynchronous mode Modbus client server mode synchronous requests of 256 bytes Ethway services Uni TE client server mode client server requests of 256 bytes synchronous mode client server requests of 1 K by
148. are for configuration adjustment debugging and documentation of applications These services are performed by editors which can be directly accessed from the basic screen using icons in the tool bars Windows relating to the editors can be simultaneously displayed on one screen example it is possible to simultaneously program using the program editor and define the symbols in the variables editor Declaring the axis control modules and stepper control modules Parameter entry screens for application specific functions can be accessed via the configuration screen by clicking on the slot Example modules TSX CAY 21 and TSX CFY 21 in which the module has been defined Configuring the modules The configuration editor provides assistance with entering and modifying the values of the various axis configuration parameters These parameters enable the operation of the axis control module module TSX CAY 21 for example to be adapted to the machine which is to be controlled Axis configuration parameters are Units of measurement Resolution Type of encoder Maximum and minimum limits Maximum speed Etc This data relates to the machine and cannot be modified by the program Adjusting the modules These parameters are associated with operation of the axes They generally require the operations on and movements of the moving part to be known These param eters are adjusted in online mode they are initialized during configuration
149. atform ISP Plus integrated weighing system References dimensions Characteristics page 43552 6 References Description Composition Reference Weight 1 kg ISP Plus weighing Standard load format module sealable TSX ISP Y100 0 420 module Load cell input 50 measurements s 1 weigher per module for 1 to 8 cells 2 2 reflex discrete outputs positioned on thresholds RS 485 output for display unit ISP Plus weighing TSX ISP Y100 module TSX ISP Y110 1 020 module and display TSX XBT H100 display unit unit assembly back lit LCD preconfigured display 1 weigher per module Module display unit connection cable 2 length 3 m TSX XBT H100 ISP Plus weighing One PL7 Junior For Please consultourspecialistcatalogue applications program Multiproduct batching One XBT L1000 Weigher doser program for Weigher sorter operator interface Discontinuous totaliser One manual Continuous totaliser Flow rate controller Factory Calibration in factory 0 15 tonnes Please consultourspecialistcatalogue calibration or by using a press 20 50 tonnes To be ordered with the TSX ISP Y1e0 module and the load cells Load cells accessories Please consultourspecialistcatalogue connectors cables simulators etc weighing platform 1 Include
150. bus communication module 43602 5 ABE 7S16E Sub bases with solid state relay inputs 170 MCI InterBus S installation bus cables 43602 5 plug in terminal blocks 14025 4 Modbus Plus network drop cables 43599 5 ABE 7S16S Sub bases with solid state outputs plug in terminal 170 NEF Momentum communication module for blocks 14025 3 Modbus Plus network 48232 3 ABE 7TES Discrete I O simulator sub base 43520 10 14040 2 170 PNT Momentum communication module for ABF Y25 Connecting cables for analogue I O modules 43530 7 Modbus Plus network 48232 3 43599 5 ABR 7S Plug in electromechanical relays 14025 7 170 XCP Momentum replacement parts 48237 8 48238 9 ABS 7E Plug in solid state input relays 14025 7 and 48248 4 ABS 7S Plug in solid state output relays 14025 7 170 XTS Connector for InterBus S bus 43602 5 AS MBKT For Modbus Plus network Modbus Plus network connection accessories 43599 5 connectors for Momentum communication module 48232 3 Momentum replacement parts 48237 8 48238 9 line terminators 48232 3 36360 3 43599 5 174 CEV Bridges for Ethernet network 4819077 B 416 NHM Modbus Plus module for FT 2100 terminals 43586 4 Bus X Open Development of application specific modules 424 700 Momentum M23 dust and damp proof connectors 48243 5 on Bus X 43614 2 490 NAA Connecting cables for Modbus Plus F NAD network 48232 3 36360 3 43599 5 FT 21 Programming terminals 43586 4 Connection components for Momentum Profibus DP Separate and replacement parts for FT 2100 43
151. ce or from the Internet site www schneideralliances com Hi SL E 5 z Magelis terminals Premium Description The modem module is a type III PCMCIA card This card is installed in the host slot on the processor Premium or Micro model TSX 37 21 22 1 A host slot on the processor for the Modem module 2 PCMCIA Modem card with connector for TSX MDM ADTe cable Connectors to be ordered separately TSX MDM ADTe telephone connection cable depending on country of use 1 1 2 The Modem module can also be used in PC compatibles which have a type IIl PCMCIA slot 43598 2 Premium automation platform Modem module Characteristics setup references Presentation page 43598 2 Environmental characteristics Temperature During operation 0 50 C 0 60 C with TSX FAN fan modules Resistance to radiated electromagnetic fields Conforms to EMC directive 89 336 EEC applied to residential commercial and light industrial sites 3V m Country approvals Conforms to the DTTC telecommunications European directive 98 13 EC Modem approved for Germany Belgium Spain France Italy 1 Module characteristics Structure Type Telephone line Physical interface STN link Protocol Uni Telway ASCIl Transmission Mode Half or full duplex Data rate V32 9600 bps Configuration Number of devices 2 point to poi
152. connection box 13 TSX CSC 015 connecting cable between the TSX 17 micro PLC via a TSX 17 ACC 5 adaptor or a TSX SCG 1161 module and TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket TSX DG UTW E this manual describes the operating principles and the architectures of the Uni Telway bus It is required for setting up and installing the Uni Telway bus TSX DR NETE this manual describes the X Way architectures services and address mechanisms It includes the coding of Uni TE requests as well as precautions for connecting earths for the networks It also includes the principles of asynchronous serial transmission With TSX 37 21 22 PLCs ak 43594 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43594 2 Uni Telway bus References TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCP 116 D D e L a 7 TSX SCA 50 Li TSX SCA 62 TSX SCA 72 Elements for connection to Uni Telway bus Description Protocol Physical layer PLC Reference Weight 1 kg Integrated link Uni Telway RS 485 non isolated TSX PCX See page 0451Q 2 on processor Character mode Premium Modbus Jbus Slave 2 Micro Please consult our specialist catalogue Communication Modbus Jbus 1 isolated RS 485 TSX PCX TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module Uni Telway integrated 2 wire Premium Character mode
153. crete UO modules application specific modules Telefast 2 process power supplies and AS i bus Nano PLC T FTX 117 071E FTX 117 terminal TLX DM 07 117E 0 265 installation and programming TLX L PL7 07e30E PL7 07 software TLX DM 07 DSE 0 320 PL7 software All PL7 software installation To be ordered separately TLX DOC PL7 40E 3 210 manuals reference application specific functions communication converters runtime screens diagnostics SMC to PL7 Junior To be ordered separately TLX DC SMC PL7 J40M 0 080 application converter English and French SDKC software TLX L SDKC PL7 33M TLX DM SDKC PL7 40M 0 120 user manual English and French 1 Documentation in French German Spanish etc please consult your Regional Sales Office 43900 2 Premium automation platform Documentation References continued A5 bound documentation manuals English Terminals Description Included Reference Weight with product 1 kg XBT H P E terminals To be ordered separately XBT X000EN 0 200 user s manual T XBT graphic stations T XBT F024 10E T XBT DM 00E 0 500 user s manual CCX 17 application design TMX LP M17 XWF 6E TMX DM M17 W V6E 0 340 under Windows Programming and maintenance FT 2010 1E FT 20 DOC 01E 0 180 terminal user s ma
154. ction library comprises e The SDK C program enhancement library provides access to the module TCP IP socket functions e The user s manual in English no printed version e EF elementary communication function blocks Socket Bind Listen Accept Shutdown Close Send Receive Select Set_Socket_Option Connect for installation using PL7 software version V3 3 Higher level EF function blocks provided by way of example which can perform more advanced functions such as the complete sequence for establishing or closing a connection or sending or receiving data The source files for all these EF blocks are also supplied e An example of a PL7 application communicating with a TELNET application on a PC If dedicated function blocks need to be created the SDKC program for C language function development version gt V3 3 should be installed on the development station see page 43101 3 Setup precautions The development of C language functions requires compliance with certain setup precautions e To set up these services the user should be familiar with the TCP IP profile e In addition since the SDK C program enables access to all the PLC internal resources all the necessary precautions should be taken when developing EF communication blocks to avoid endangering the PL7 application especially on the commonly fragile operating modes such as cold warm restarts response to a fault etc e The user should also take care to maintain th
155. ctor for 2 channels for connecting on each channel e Auxiliary inputs preset enable e Reflex outputs e Power supplies for auxiliary I O and incremental encoders TSX CTY 2A 3 Rigid casing which e Holds the electronic card e Locates and locks the module in its slot etc TSX CTY 4A 4 Module diagnostic LEDs e Module diagnostics green RUN LED module operating 4 red ERR LED internal fault module failure EUN AAN red I O LED external fault e Channel diagnostics green CHe LED channel diagnostics available Operation block diagram Block diagram of a channel Configuration and adjustment Configuration Incremental encoder input AKW WMW parameters Sensor inputs Counter enable input Upcounting and or Read input Q WAW downcounting function Preset input with processing Al AIW measurement comp arison with 2 thresholds and 2 setpoints Lee Reflex output 0 event management Reflex output 1 Counter modules are set up using PL7 Junior Pro software see page 43100 2 43540 2 Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Characteristics References page 43540 5 Connections page 43540 4 Electrical characteristics Type of module TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A Modularity 2 channels 4 channels Frequency on counter inputs kHz 40 maximum 40 maximum Consumption mA See page 43605 2 See page 43605
156. d 21 12 1999 Country Address Africa amp Middle East Zone Arabic E Schneider Electric Tel 966 1 265 15 15 Peninsula Second Industrial City Fax 966 1 265 18 60 R gion P O Box 89249 11682 Riyadh Saudi Arabia Middle East E Schneider Elektrik A S Tel 90 2163 86 95 70 R gion Sanayi Ve Ticaret A S Fax 90 21 63 86 38 75 T t nc Mehmet Efendi Cad N 110 Kat 1 2 81080 G tztepe Istanbul Turkey www schneider electric com tr North East E Schneider Electric Egypt Africa Region 68 El Tayaran Street Nasr City 11371 Cairo Egypt Tel 20 24 01 01 19 Fax 20 24 01 66 87 www schneider com eg North West E Schneider Electric Maroc Africa Region 26 rue Ibnou Khalikane Quartier Palmiers 20100 Casablanca Tel 212 299 08 48 a 57 Fax 212 299 08 67 et 69 www schneider co ma Morocco South Africa E Schneider Electric South Africa PTY Ltd Tel 27 11 254 6400 Region Cnr Bekker amp Montrose roads Fax 27 11 315 8830 1685 Midrand South Africa www schneider electric co za South Asia E Schneider Electric India Pvt Ltd Tel 91 116 25 76 58 Region D 27 South Extension Part II Fax 91 116 25 80 80 110 049 New Dehli www schneiderelectric in com India Asian Zone Great China E Schneider Beijing Landmark bldg Room 1801 8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd Chaoyang District 100004 Beijing China Tel 86 10 65 90 69 07 Fax 86 10 65 90 00 13 www sc
157. d cost The Schneider Alliances partnership network is a win win association which brings to everyone product vendor or system integrator more business and turnover Bus X Open program The Bus X Open program is aimed at Schneider Alliances partners who need to expand Premium platform based solutions by developing specialized application specific UO modules which can be integrated on Bus X in TSX RKY racks like any other module This offer which enables a module to be developed within the framework of a Schneider Alliances partnership agreement comprises e A development kit software and documentation e An industrial kit comprising a set of customizable Bus X hardware cards 43614 2 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances Partnership directory Partner products Product category Company Communication interface boards Communication software Communication hardware HMlI Operator panel HMI SCADA Programming software Electrical UO interface Pneumatic UO interface Motion axis control Miscellaneous sensor Miscellaneous actuator Automation controller Services Miscellaneous software Miscellaneous hardware Drive A ABB Industrial Systems ABB Power T amp D Co ABB Robotic ACC Systemes Acuity Imaging Inc AFCON Applicom International Arc Informatique Areal
158. dbus Jbus RTU Slave protocol 2 Via integrated port on the TSX SCY 21601 module This module has one isolated RS 485 serial link channel 25 way SUB D connector Half duplex with Modbus Jbus protocols see page 43591 2 TSX SCP 11e multiprotocol PCMCIA cards 3 A slot on the processor the coprocessor and on the TSX SCY 21601 module takes cards which comprise 4 A protective cover 5 A removable cover with fixing screws to access a 20 way miniature connector 6 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card or link fault COM lamp data transmission or reception Cable connector to be ordered separately TSX SCP SCY cable 43595 2 Premium automation platform References pages 43595 4 and 43595 5 Modbus Jbus bus Characteristics Characteristics 1 Structure Type Heterogeneous industrial bus Physical interface Terminal port PCMCIA card Non isolated Micro RS 485 RS 485 20 mA CL Non isolated RS 232 D Method of access Slave type Master Slave type only Slave on the Micro PLC integrated port Transmission Mode Asynchronous in baseband RTU ASCII frame only RTU on the integrated port Frame RTU RTU ASCII Data rate 1 2 14 2 Kbps 0 3 19 2 Kbps for TSX SCP 111 1 2 19 2 Kops for TSX SCP 112 114 and for integrated port on TSX SCY 21601 module Medium Double shielded twisted pair Double shielded twisted Quintuple shielded twisted pair doubled pair Configuration N
159. dicator lights Power supply data exchange collision and line status via communication port 48190 5 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10baseT 100baseT X interface Characteristics continued References page 48190 7 Characteristics of TF bridges Types of bridge 174 CEV 200 30 174 CEV 300 10 Network interconnection Modbus Plus Ethernet Modbus Ethernet Operating voltage Vv 110 120 automatic detection Nominal 12 24 Limit 9 30 Ethernet ports 1 Ethernet 10baseT RJ45 type 10base2 1 RJ45 port for 10baseT cable BNC type 10base5 AUI type 1 Modbus Plus double single pair cable Mounting Vertical panel or horizontal plane On DIN rail Dimensions L x H x D mm 122 x 229 x 248 35 x 95 x 60 Characteristics of electrical cables Types of cable 499 NTW 000 ee 499 NTC 000 ee Type Shielded twisted pair cables Crossed shielded twisted pair cables Length m 2 5 12 40 or 80 5 15 40 or 80 Preformed connectors Type RJ45 at each end Approvals and conformity UL CSA 22 1 and NFPA 70 approval indicated by the letter U at the end of the reference for example 490 NTW 000 40U Category 5 of the EIA TIA 568 international wiring standard class D of IEC 11801 EN50173 Fireproof LSZH product flame retarded according to NFC32 070 1 C2 and IEC 322 1 Characteristics of fibre optic cables Types of cable 490 NOC 000 05 PS NO
160. ditional format of controller front panels with the process value the setpoint and the deviation between the 2 This view also integrates the operating mode as well as any alarms on the loop Function keys allow navigation between pages as well as 3994 93 control of loop operating modes 9972 99 9999 99 EEE s auis UVU RES Adjustment view e This view is used to adjust the loop controller This function must be executed by qualified personnel All the adjustment parameters are therefore write protected by a password However this view is always accessible in read mode The password applies to the whole man machine interface DEE Supervisory control view This view displays the same information as the front panel view and also shows the 3 trends which are characteristic of the loop The most recent trend history is recorded Function keys allow navigation between pages as well as control of the loop operating modes Setpoint programmer adjustment view Two views specific to setpoint programmers are supplied One is used to display the various profile names and to select one of them the other is used to follow a given profile The second view is used to Display the setpoint profile Modify the segments ramps and dwell time Access the given profile Track the process value Control the profile 43620 8 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Process control Characteristics
161. dividual linear or infinite axis Linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes Realtime correction of servodrive offset SERCOS ring 4 M bauds s Per SERCOS digital link Per SERCOS digital link Per SERCOS digital link Individual linear or infinite axis Linear interpolation on 2 to 8 axes Follower axes 6 slaves by gearing or camming 187 kHz Per axis translator inputs 5 V negative logic translator loss of step checks Per axis RS 422 translator outputs TTL 5 V compatible pulses boost enable reset loss of step check Per axis 6 discrete inputs 24 V 1 output 24 V brake control 24 bits sign 16 777 215 points Open loop control of the position of a moving part ona limited linear axis according to motion control functions supplied by the PLC processor Communication with the servodrives viaSERCOS digital link adjustment diagnostics 2 SMA type connectors for plastic or glass fiber optic cable Axis parameter setting adjustment and debugging using PL7 Junior Pro software 15 way SUB D connector for translator 20 way HE 10 connector for auxiliary I O Telefast 2 system ABE 7H16R20 TSX CAY 33 TSX CSY 84 TSX CFY 11 TSX CEV 21 43550 5 43555 4 43551 5 43551 5 0453Q 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43540 3 Connections page 43540 4 References page 43540 5 TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Presentation description operation
162. dule comprises TSX CCY 1128 1 One 15 way SUB D connector for connecting the incremental or absolute encoder 2 One 20 way HE 10 connector for connecting the track outputs on groups 0 and 1 connector 0 3 One 20 way HE 10 connector for connecting the track outputs on groups 2 and 3 connector 1 4 One 20 way HE 10 connector for connecting the auxiliary inputs and the encoder power supply 5 Rigid casing for the following functions e Holding the electronic cards e Attaching and locking the module in its slot 6 Module diagnostic indicator lights e Module diagnostics green RUN indicator lamp module on red ERR indicator lamp internal fault module 6 defective SCH GION Hd red UO indicator lamp external or application fault e Channel diagnostics green CHO indicator lamps channel diagnostics operative Operation Channel mimic diagram Configuration adjustment i i KW IMW ance Processing O YQW Al YolW Encoder inputs Track outputs Auxili Recalibration input pi Read input 1 processing 4 Read input 2 The electronic cam module is set up using PL7 Junior Pro version 3 4 and requires the use of processors with software version gt 3 3 43542 2 Premium automation platform References page 43542 4 Connections dimensions page 43542 5 TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module Characteristics Operating c
163. dware or software automation products complementary to the Schneider offer which are being integrated in Schneider solutions and architectures This Schneider Alliances product offer includes industrial peripheral equipment network hardware and software HMI and supervisory software application software packages development and test tools The design and manufacture of these products may require a transfer of technology from Schneider Several hundred partner products compatible with our various technologies are available in a wide range of applications industrial peripheral equipment communication interfaces and software human machine interface supervisory control software variable speed drives electro pneumatic interfaces etc Please consult our directories Partnership directory pages 43614 3 to 43614 5 Directory of partner products pages 43614 6 to 43614 11 e System integrators Create automation solutions using Schneider products and third party devices and equipment They deploy their industry and application expertise to the implementation installation and management of complete automation projects Thanks to Schneider Alliances customers are able to choose the best products on the market with an assurance of full integration within Schneider architectures They also have access to a network of system integrators specialized in their industry and able to create their automation project in the best conditions of time an
164. e 1 2 19 2 Kbps 0 3 19 2 Kbps Medium Shielded double twisted pair Configuration Number 5 devices max 28 devices maximum 16 devices max 2 devices of devices 8 datalink addresses max 96 datalink addresses maximum 1 device can occupy several datalink addresses Length of bus 15 m unlimited via modem 10 m max 1000 m with TSX P ACC 01 1000 m max excluding tap links Tap links 15m 20 m W s Services Uni TE Point to point requests with confirmation question response of up to 240 bytes 1 initiated by any connected device Unsolicited point to point data without confirmation of up to 240 bytes 1 initiated by any connected device Broadcast messages of up to 240 bytes 1 initiated by the master device Other functions Transparent communication via the master with any device in an X Way architecture Diagnostics debugging adjustment and programming of PLCs Security Check character on each frame acknowledgement and if required repetition of messages ensure security of transmission Monitoring Bus status table transmission error counters and device status can be accessed by program in each device Status of bus and connected devices accessed from the master PLC using PL7 or SYSDIAG software on an FT 2100 FTX 517 terminal or PC compatible 1 Limited to 128 bytes with Micro Premium PLC programming port For other limitations please consult our specialist catalo
165. e bus module 2 1 Bus terminal module 24V IP 65 Momentum UO Momentum The topology of the InterBus S bus is designed as a ring system with master slave central access procedure It is subdivided into three parts e The remote bus 1 bus devices use RS 485 point to point connection e The installation remote bus 2 remote bus tap link via a bus terminal module Its technology is particularly suitable for IP 65 dust and damp proof systems e The local bus with TTL technology is particularly suitable for buses within a control cabinet Each bus subscriber comprises a transmitter and a receiver The InterBus S system is like a data ring and has the structure of a shift register distributed on the bus With its registers each module constitutes a component of this shift register ring The InterBus S master circulates the data in series on this ring 43602 2 Premium automation platform InterBus S bus Description connectable devices Characteristics page 43602 4 References page 43602 5 Description Premium PLCs are connected to the InterBus S bus via the TSX IBY 100 InterBus S bus module The TSX IBX 100 communication coprocessor can be used to connect a PCX 57 coprocessor integrated in a PC compatible to the InterBus S bus The front panel on the TSX IBY 100 module comprises 1 Adisplay block with 6 indicator lamps on the card for the TSX IBX 100
166. e from some stations by means of a token bus protocol The physical connection is a single shielded twisted pair but fibre optic interfaces are available to create tree star or ring structures Compared to the ISO model only layers 1 2 are implemented since access from the user interface is made directly to the link layer via simple mapping of variables Configuration The Profibus DP bus should be configured by special software reference TLX L FBC M which should be ordered separately The DP software can be used to generate an ASCII configuration file which should be imported into the PLC application via PL7 Junior Pro development software Description Premium PLCs TSX PCX 57 are connected to the Profibus DP bus by a TSX PBY 100 module This module can be installed in any slot in the Premium PLC rack It comprises 1 Host module for the PCMCIA card 2 Profibus DP PCMCIA card with its integral connecting cable 0 6 m long 3 T junction box enabling the tap link of the main bus 490 NAE 911 00 Connectable devices The TSX PBY 100 module acts as the master on the Profibus DP bus The other Schneider Electric slave devices which may be connected are e ATV variable speed drives e Momentum UO blocks e Etc e Any compatible third party device with standard Profibus DP profiles 43607 2 Premium automation platform Profibus DP bus Characteristics references Characteristics of the bus suppo
167. e is too large in relation to the Premium processor capacity see characteristics table it is possible to load the Master configuration directly by inserting the TSX CPP 100 card in a PCMCIA port on the PC compatible In PL7 it is possible to configure the CANopen bus card so that the PLC processor TSX CPP 100 card exchanges are executed at the same rate as the Master task or the fast task The process data exchanged with the Slaves can be accessed by MW standard words the number of which depends on the type of processor and the task in which the module has been declared PL7 standard function blocks are used to define the device parameters Important note In addition to supporting the CANopen protocol which uses V2 0A standard CAN identifiers on 11 bits the card enables direct access to the CAN link layer via CAN V2 0B identifiers on 29 bits used by the majority of CAN devices In certain applications this enables simultaneous control of CANopen devices and dedicated CAN products Connectable devices The TSX CPP 100 module performs the role of the Master on the CANopen bus and other Schneider Electric devices Slaves which can be connected on the bus are e ATV 58 variable speed drives e Ultimal motor combinations e MHD Lexium servodrives e Any third party device which conforms to the CANopen standard profiles e Any CAN device which uses CAN V2 0B identifiers on the ISO 11898 physical layer 43615 2 Premium automation
168. e mixed I O modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC11 10 Telefast 2 redundant sub bases TSX AEY ASY analogue I O modules compatible under certain wiring conditions TSX CTY CCY counter TSX CAY CSY CFY axis control and TSX ISP weighing modules These modules cannot be used as elements for redundancy but can be used as elements shared via the Fipio agent Premium PLCs Shared elements on the Fipio bus e TBX distributed I O modules TBX LEP 030 Fipio communication module for base units TBX DES DSS DMS discrete I O base units TBX AES ASS AMS analogue UO base units TSX EEF ESF EMF dust and damp proof discrete I O base units e Momentum UO modules 170 FTN 110 01 Fipio communication module 170 ADI ADO ADM discrete I O base units 170 AAI AAO AMM analogue I O base units e Fipio agent PLCs Premium PLC can take all I O and application specific modules Micro PLC can take all I O and application specific modules e Other shared elements OZF FIP G3 fibre optic transmitter can be used to create a Fipio bus fibre optic ring TSX FP ACC 6 Fipio electrical repeater increases the length of the bus by the creation of segments each 1000 m maximum 43566 6 Premium automation platform References page 43566 6 Premium Warm Standby redundancy Connections Example of architecture with redundant I O and shared I O on Fipio bus KEE Ethernet TCP IP network Momentum
169. e requests from the different communication profiles at a level compatible with the performance required by the application e Finally it is the responsibility of the client application software PL7 or C program to manage the operating modes for communication which may be specific to the application for example the behaviour if a remote device fails to respond or in the event of a break in connection For these different reasons we recommend that you consult your Regional Sales Office to ensure that your TCP protocol open access project is feasible 1 Open access on TCP requires TSX ETY 110 WS modules version gt PV 03 and SV 2 9 In addition it should be integrated in a configuration with a TSX P57 e e3 processor or TSX P57 e e2 version V3 3 43601 9 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Description of Ethernet TSX ETY modules Description of TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules The TSX ETY 110 110 WS modules are single format modules which are installed in a rack slot of a Premium PLC station The front panel on the TSX ETY 110 110 WS module comprises 1 A display block indicating the state of the module 2 A standard connector for 10baseT interface RJ45 3 A standard connector for 10base5 interface AUI 4 Four thumbwheels for defining the station number and network number The maximum number of modules permitted
170. eT Configuration 10baseT Number of stations Point to point connection via RJ45 standard connector enabling the formation of a star network the stations are connected to Transparent Factory hubs or switches 64 stations maximum per network Length 100 m max between concentrator and terminal device Module services and functions TCP IP services Uni TE Client server mode client server requests of 256 bytes synchronous mode client server requests of 1 K byte asynchronous mode Modbus Client server mode synchronous requests of 256 bytes UO Scanning services Number of stations 64 User interface 2 K MW as inputs 2 K MW as outputs in the scanner PLC 120 words maximum per scanned device Common services X Way inter network routing X Way Uni TE routing module diagnostics Integrated Web server function Services 1 alarm display with Premium PLC only 2 graphic objects editor 2 system diagnostics access to PLC variables Web pages defined by the user 7 5 Mb available 2 Java development kit 1 An Internet browser Internet Explorer version 4 Netscape version 4 05 or other is required on the PC station capable of executing Java code 2 Services available on TSX ETY 5101 modules 43601 12 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 Ethernet TCP IP network References
171. ected by simple tap junctions The variable data rate between 10 Kbps and 1 Mbps depends on the length of the bus between 30 and 5000 m Description Hardware description The TSX P57 ee3M and T PCX 57 ee3M Premium platforms connect to the CANopen bus by means of the TSX CPP 100 type II PCMCIA card inserted in the processor or coprocessor communication port slot This card is supplied with a connection cable for the TSX CPP ACC 1 tap junction This can be used to connect physically 2 CANopen buses which are seen by the application as a single logic interface In practice this feature enables the useful length of the bus to be doubled The TSX CPP 100 card comprises 1 A protective cover 2 A removable cover enabling mounting on a Premium 2 processor or coprocessor f 3 A connection cable length 0 6 m VW 3 4 2 diagnostic indicator lights Connections to be ordered separately TSX CPP ACC1 tap junction equipped with one 15 way SUB D connector for connecting the TSX CPP 100 card cable and two 9 way SUB D connectors for connecting the 2 CANopen buses This tap unit has 2 bus activity indicator lights on the front panel Software description The CANopen bus is configured using dedicated software which should be ordered separately reference TLX L FBC M This software is used to describe the configuration to be imported into the PLC application via the PL7 Junior Pro programming software If the configuration fil
172. ectors Devices to be connected on Fipway TSX FP TSX FP TSX FP TSX EF TSX FP TSX FP TBX TSX ACC 4 ACC 14 ACC 3 ACC 99 ACC 2 ACC 12 BLP 01 LES 65 Premium DC TR Micro TSX Series 7 model 40 DC integrated link TSX Series 7 model 40 DC PCMCIA TSX 17 20 DC FT 2100 PC compatible LS WO PC compatible DC XBT F TXBT F Magelis terminals DC daisy chaining TL tap link ME Recommended HE Possible 43597 3 Premium automation platform Fipio bus and Fipway network Characteristics page 43597 2 Connections References pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 Dimensions page 43597 7 Fipio bus and Fipway network wiring system Micro Agent TSX 17 20 TSX 17 20 Premium Agent Magelis FT 2100 PC 4 4 or or 5 5 Daisy chaining Daisy chaining IP67 I O see page 42315 8 2 Connection to Fipway network and Fipio bus Connection to Fipio bus E Suitable for Fipway network not applicable on Fipio bus 43597 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43597 2 References pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 Dimensions page 43597 7 Fipio bus and Fipway network Connections continued Cables 1 TSX FP CA e00 trunk cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 8 mm diameter for normal environments and use inside buildings 2 TSX FP CR e00 trunk cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 8 mm diameter for harsh environments and
173. ectrical UO interface Pneumatic UO interface Motion axis control Miscellaneous sensor Miscellaneous actuator Drive Automation controller Services Miscellaneous software Miscellaneous hardware F Festo Fiber Options Inc Fisher Rosemount FORTH Inc Foxboro Company G Gener Gensym Corporation Georges Renault GRIN GSE Systems Inc H Hewlett Packard Hilco Technologies Inc Hilscher GmbH Hirschmann HMS Fieldbus Systems AB Honeywell Honeywell Industrial Automation Iconics Inc Indramat Industrial Systems Monitoring AdVoTech Integrated Control Technology Inc Integrated Industrial Technologies Inc Intellution IPAC Technologies Inc Itmi Aptor K Kuka Mac Valves Inc MagneTek Inc Mauell Corporation MDT Software Mettler Toledo Inc Mitsubishi Electric Automation Inc N Nemasoft Inc NexxCorp Information Systems Inc Niobrara Research amp Development Corp NovaTech LLC P Panel Tec Inc Parker ProSoft Technology Inc Prosyst 43614 4 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances Partnership directory Partner products Product category Company
174. ectromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89 336 EEC amended by Directives 92 31 EEC and 93 68 EEC Ce marking on the products covered by this Directive has been compulsory since 1 January 1996 Protective treatment of equipment Premium and Quantum PLCs meet the requirements of TC treatment 1 For installations in industrial production workshops or in an environment which corresponds to TH treatment 2 Premium PLCs should be enclosed in casings with a minimum of IP 54 protection as prescribed by standards IEC 664 and NF C 20 040 Premium and Quantum PLCs are supplied with an IP 20 protection index They can therefore be installed without enclosure in locations with restricted access which do not exceed pollution degree 2 control room which does not contain a machine or dust producing activity 1 TC treatment all climate treatment 2 TH treatment treatment for hot and humid environments Copyright Schneider Automation 2000 All rights reserved No part of this work may be translated and or reproduced or copied in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or storage in an information retrieval system All software quoted in this document is the property of Schneider Automation or a third party which has granted rights to Schneider Automation The supply of such software confers a non exclusive licence on the recipient to use such soft
175. ed to process control which simplify loop operation and control These screens show the controller front panels as well as trending views and monitoring views 43620 2 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Presentation functions Presentation TSX P57 203 3e 3 453M processors and T PCX 57 e 3M coprocessors can be used to configure 10 15 or 20 continuous or semi continuous process control channels The control functions of these processors are particularly suitable for e Sequential processing requiring auxiliary control functions such as packaging machines surface treatment machines presses etc e Simple processes such as metal processing furnaces ceramic furnaces refrigeration units etc e Feedback or mechanical control where sampling time is critical eg torque control speed control etc Premium processors have amongst others the following characteristics e Each configurable control channel can be used to manage 1 to 3 loops depending on the type of loop chosen e Process control processors can be inserted in the overall architecture of a site as the PLC can be integrated in various communication networks e Calculations related to process control are performed in floating point mode expressed as physical units Description TSX P57 ee3M processors see page 43511 3 TPCX 57 ee3M coprocessors see page 43513 3 Characte
176. edundancy and inter network communication Conceniration This architecture can be selected when no inter network exchange is possible It is particularly suitable for feedback of supervision data to a higher level The PLC in this case acts as a data concentrator This architecture allows the possibility of working on an assembly line without affecting production of the other lines The concentrator station collects and exchanges data with each network separately but does not automatically route one network to another ii Premium poopoo 000000 000000 000000 Network 2 Premium Premium This is a multi module architecture where several segments are present but no communication between these different segments is offered by the communication system In this case the concentrator station belongs to the category of multi module station and undertakes all single network services on the various network segments The routing function between the various network connections is not available Network access redundancy All stations are connected to 2 different Ethway Fipway or Ethernet TCP IP networks Network 1 and Network 2 via 2 network communication modules Each station will therefore have 2 addresses one on each network PLC application programs will share for example traffic on both networks Network 1 and Network 2 Each PLC wil
177. eference Category Technology Data Linc Group Tel 1 425 882 2206 FDM7000 MDL500 FSK Communication hardware Modbus 2635 151st PL NE Fax 1 425 867 0865 LCM100 FSK SRM6000 Redmond WA 98052 URL www data linc com DLM4000 DL DLM4000 LL United States CCS9000 LLM1 100 Bell 202 FSK SRM6200E Communication hardware Ethway Delta Computer Systems Inc Tel 1 360 254 8688 MMC120 00 2 axis Motion axis control Quantum 11719 Northeast 95th Street Fax 1 360 254 5435 MMC188 40 41 4 axis Motion axis_ control 800 Suite D URL www deltacompsys com RMC100 2 8 axis Motion axis control Modbus Plus Vancouver WA 98682 United States DLRA Projects Pty Ltd Tel 27 11 886 4704 Adroit HMI SCADA Modbus Plus P O Box 483 108 Hendrick Fax 27 11 886 5739 Verwoerd Dr Randburg URL www dlra co za Pinegowrie 2123 South Africa Doble Engineering Tel 1 617 926 4900 INSITE Miscellaneous software Modbus Plus 85 Walnut Street Fax 1 617 926 0528 Watertown MA 02473 URL www doble com United States ELECTRO Industries Gaugetech Tel 1 516 334 0870 Futura Series Miscellaneous sensor Modbus Modbus Plus 1800 Shames Drive Fax 1 516 338 4741 DWVA 300 Miscellaneous sensor Modbus Westbury NY 11590 URL www electroind com DMMS 300 Miscellaneous sensor Modbus Modbus Plus United States Endress Hauser Tel 33 0 3 89 69 67 68 ZA 674 gateway Communication hardware Fipio 3 rue du Rhin Fax 33 0 3 89 69 48 02 F 68330 Huningue URL www endress com France Escort Memory System
178. elle Road www squared com Doha Palatine IL 60067 Reunion E Schneider Electric Tel 262 28 14 28 Uruguay E Schneider Electric Uruguay S A Tel 598 27 07 23 92 Immeuble Futura Fax 262 28 39 37 Gabriela Pereira 30398 Fax 598 27 09 07 13 190 rue des 2 canons BP 646 CP11300 Montevideo 97497 Sainte Clothilde Venezuela E Schneider Mg SD TE S A Tel 58 2 241 13 44 Romania E Schneider Electric Tel 40 1 203 06 50 Calle 162 Piso 2 Fax 58 2 243 60 09 Bd Ficusului n 42 Fax 40 1 232 15 98 Edificio Centro Cynamid www schneider electric com ve Apimondia Corp A et 1 Sector 1 www schneider electric ro La Urbina 1070 Bucuresti 75319 Caracas Russia ClS E Schneider Electric CEI Tel 7 502 224 5050 Vietnam E R R O Of Schneider Electric S A Tel 84 8 829 60 72 80 Leningradsky Prospekt Tel 7 502 224 5033 34 Unit 808 8th Floor Fax 84 8 829 60 67 125178 Moscow Fax 7 502 224 5220 Me Linh Point Tower Saudi Arabia Ml Schneider Electric Tel 966 1 265 1515 2 Ngo Duc Ke Street District 1 Second Industrial City Fax 966 1 265 1860 Ho Chi Minh City P O Box 89249 Yugoslav E Schneider Electric A S Tel 381 11 319 15 03 11682 Riyadh Federation Ce Gees E Fax 381 11 319 15 20 i Tel eogra SS Se SCENE ee Zambia E Schneider Zambia Tel 260 222 22 52 Dakar Fann Quartier Almadies Zambia Office Fax 260 222 83 89 Dakar c o Matipi Craft Center Building Plot 1036 Singapore E Schneider Electric Singapore Pte Ltd Tel
179. eration conventions e Uni TE message handling system standard on all Schneider equipment this service enables read and write access to variables program transfers management of device operating modes link and device diagnostics and transmission of unsolicited data COM distributed database set of words shared between several devices and updated cyclically This service is used to exchange data between TSX 17 Micro Premium and TSX model 40 PLCs Shared Table service 2 set of words shared between several Micro and Premium PLCs and updated cyclically Exchange of periodic data data updated cyclically between the bus manager PLC TSX model 40 April 5000 7000 or Premium and the Agent device This service is available on the Fipio bus see page 43593 2 Application to application communication suitable for data table exchanges Telegram priority application to application communication for short high priority data exchanges 1 Not available on Micro 2 Available on Fipway network The COM distributed database service and the Shared Table service are mutually exclusive 43301 2 Premium automation platform X Way communication Application services Uni TE services The Uni TE protocol is the industrial message handling system supported by the X Way communication architecture It operates on the question answer or request confirmation principle A device which supports the Uni TE protocol can be a
180. erconnected thus ensuring that products will operate together The communication architecture of the Micro Premium PLCs like that of TSX 17 or TSX model 40 PLCs conforms to the OSI model 6 Presentation 5 Session 4 Transport Uni Telway Fipio Fipway Ethway Ethernet TCP IP 1 Enables the physical transmission of data signals between 2 systems via a medium e Uni Telway is an isolated bus conforming to the RS 485 standard with a standard data rate of 19 2 Kbps e Fipway conforms to the WorldFip standard and is a 1 Mbps baseband bus e Fipio conforms to the WorldFip standard and is a 1 Mbps baseband bus e Ethway Ethernet TCP IP conforms to the 8802 3 standard and is a 10 Mbps baseband bus 1 Undertakes data transfer organized between two adjacent systems with error detection and correction e Uni Telway a fixed master manages access to the multidrop bus e Fipway conforms to the WorldFip standard with access via bus arbitrator e Fipio conforms to the WorldFip standard with access via bus arbitrator e Ethway conforms to the ISO 8802 2 8802 3 standards for the CSMA CD bus Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Detection Collision better known as Ethernet Undertakes the routing of data and the selection of a path between 2 devices The addressing mechanism enables the transfer of data between products and ensures automatic and totally transparent routing of messages Concerns application programs data exchange and coop
181. erminals with graphic screen 36353 3 36359 5 XBT P Terminals with 2 lines of 20 characters 36336 3 XBT PM Terminals with 8 lines of 40 characters 36351 3 XBT Z Connecting cables for CCX 17 industrial operator panels 43583 7 Operator dialogue terminals 36359 5 PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports 43603 3 XZ CB AS i bus ribbon cables 43611 3 XZ SDE Connection modules for AS i bus ribbon cable 43611 3 XZ SDP Cover for XZ SDE connection module 43611 3 10028 5 Premium automation platform TSX PSY power supply module selection document specimen to be photocopied The power required to supply each TSX RKY rack depends on the type and number of modules installed It is therefore necessary to create a power consumption table for each rack in order to define the most suitable TSX PSY power supply module for each rack The table below can be used to calculate the consumption on the three different voltages to be supplied 5V 24 V 24 VR Procedure e Check and choose a power supply module corresponding to the power supplies available for the 3 voltages e Check that the total power absorbed on these three voltages does not exceed the overall power of the power supply module e ___ Value
182. es TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 Ethernet modules with integrated Web server have an accessible Flash EPROM 1 memory zone which is like a hard disk and receives hosts Web pages defined by the user These Web pages can be created with any standard tool which creates and edits in HTML format FrontPage Word 97 PowerPoint etc Web pages created in this way can amongst others e Display all PLC variables in real time e Execute hyper links to external servers documentation suppliers etc This function is particularly suitable for creating graphics and images intended for Display monitoring diagnostics Drawing up reports on real time production Maintenance assistance User manuals etc Integrated Web server configuration tool available on TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 modules fay Bese E ET ET ET ET HEN chez zeg ep DOEN pel en ai b soe a W e a a end dr ian ei The FactoryCast software supplied on a CD ROM with the TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 modules is the tool which configures and administers the integrated Web server in this module It is common to the Premium and Quantum automation platforms and is compatible with Windows 95 98 and Windows NT It provides the following functions e Definition of User names and associated passwords e Definition of access to PLC variables which have modification authorisation e Save restore a complete Web site e Transfer Web pages created locally by the user on his
183. es Parameter definition choice of functions to be used of control loop profiles enables the algorithm to be adapted to the process to be controlled Process value processing Process value processing can be performed either in standard fashion or externally e Standard processing the user has the following functions at his disposal filtering process value between limits function generator with scaling alarm management on threshold overrun totalizer and simulation of the measured value e External processing is used to obtain at the loop controller input a process value PV which was processed outside the control loop This solution is useful if measurement calculation of the process value requires specific or customised functions Setpoint processing Depending on the type of loop chosen it is possible to opt for one of the following 4 setpoints ratio setpoint selection setpoint simple setpoint remote with scaling or setpoint programmer When using the controller with 3 single loops or the secondary loop in an autoselective loop only the simple setpoint and the setpoint programmer can be used Feed Forward processing Feed Forward processing corrects a measurable disturbance as soon as it appears This open loop processing anticipates the effect of the disturbance It has the Leading function phase lead lag Loop controller and command processing There are 6 different types of loop contro
184. escription From TSX CTY ee To Length Reference Weight module kg Cables 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA01 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 cross section connector ABE CPA11 0 205 mm sub bases or TSX TAP S1566 im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 accessory 15 way SUB D connector 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 300 20 wire Auxiliary inputs Free end with 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 preformed 24 V power supply and colour coded wires cables 5 V 10 30 V 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 500 mA max encoder power supply HE 10 20 way 10m TSX CDP 1001 1 210 moulded connector Rolled Auxiliary inputs ABE 7H16R20 im TSX CDP 102 0 090 ribbon cable 24 V power supply and Telefast 2 sub base 100 mA max 5 V 10 30 V HE 10 20 way 2m TSX CDP 202 0 170 encoder power supply connector HE 10 20 way 3m TSX CDP 302 0 250 connector Connecting Auxiliary inputs ABE 7H16R20 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 cables 24 V power supply and Telefast 2 sub base 500 mA max 5 V 10 30 V HE 10 20 way im TSX CDP 103 0 150 encoder power supply connector HE 10 20 way 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 connector 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 1 Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 43540 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43541 3 References page 43541 5 TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Presentation description operation Presentation The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module is used with fast mach
185. escription Use Reference Weight kg Momentum Profibus DP bus 170 DTN 110 00 communication on Momentum module I O sub bases Connectors Line 490 NAD 911 03 for communication terminator module Intermediate connection 490 NAD 911 04 Intermediate connection 490 NAD 911 05 and terminal port Description Length Reference Weight kg Profibus DP 100 m TSX PBS CA 100 connecting cables 400 m TSX PBS CA 400 43607 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43615 3 References page 43615 3 CANopen bus Presentation description connectable devices Presentation Originally used in the automotive industry CAN is increasingly used in general industry Several fieldbuses based on CAN lower layers and components are available The CANopen bus conforms to the ISO 11898 international standard promoted by the CAN In Automation association which consists of users and manufacturers and offers an excellent assurance of open access and interoperability due to its standardised devices and communication profiles The CANopen bus is a multimaster bus which ensures reliable deterministic access to realtime data in control system devices The CSMA CA protocol is based on broadcast exchanges sent cyclically or on an event which ensures optimum use of the passband A message handling channel can also be used to define slave parameters The bus uses a double shielded twisted pair on which 127 devices maximum are conn
186. esult of this initial calculation is positive go to step 3 Messages being received Messages being transmitted Uni TE service lt 256 bytes 1 lt 1 Kbyte Application to application MO Does not constitute a limiting factor 1 On some PLC cycles a temporary overload due for example to an adjustment terminal is permissible mes cyc number of messages being received per cycle from the PLC master task typical cycle from 50 to 100 ms mes s number of messages transmitted and received per second Step 3 bus or network module processing capacity For each station compare the total number of messages received CG values Ri BI and the total number of messages transmitted values Ti Tj for station N for example with the bus or network module processing capacity shown below If the result of this second calculation is positive go to step 4 Uni TE service and Ethernet Fipway Fipio Fipio Uni Telway application to application TCP IP address manager address Modbus ETY ETY 110 410 210 5101 address 0 Serial link PLC module PC compatible module Bridge PLC For bridge PLCs there are two different cases e Routing performed via Fipway CPU 2 messages cycle being transmitted and 2 messages cycle being received For all other cases routing is performed directly from module to module 30 messages cycle capacity MEE Does not constitute a limiting factor Not ap
187. etpoint Continuous automatic tare except during sorting Printing of results 99 recipes Receipt or dispatch operation Filling at one or two flow rates Ability to add further material Automatic correction of in flight error Emptying of remainder Selection of the reset frequency Printing of results Adjustable PID controller Analogue outputs for flow rate control and setpoint Vibrator control output Totalling of weight of product which has travelled along belt one continuous totalizer and four partial totalizers Output for mechanical totalizer Semi automatic tare Digital calibration Speed read by proximity sensor Printing of results 43552 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43552 6 References page 43552 7 ISP Plus integrated weighing system Description The integration of TSX ISP Y100 weighing modules with the Premium PLC enables the user to go beyond simple weighing applications The PLC controls the whole environment of the weighers as well as all the machines or industrial processes around the weighing system In a Premium PLC configuration the number of TSX ISP Y100 weighing modules has to be added to the number of other application specific modules TSX SCY communication TSX CTY counting TSX CAY axis control and TSX CFY motion control See pages 43511 6 and 43513 4 Note the weighing module counts as 2 application specific channels Descrip
188. etween the different network connections These architectures are particularly useful for applications which comprise a large number of devices By linking functional organization to the amount of traffic they enable both an increase in the surface area of the installation and an improvement in communication performance Ideally architectures should have a hierarchical tree structure with a maximum of three network levels a backbone segment factory floor level assigned to zone segments to which machine level segments could eventually be connected For reasons of efficiency inter segment traffic should not exceed 10 to 20 of the internal traffic of the segment Communication between X Way networks is carried out by dedicated bridge PLCs which can support three or four network connections 1 depending on the model of PLC processor e TSX 57 30 3 network connections Ethway Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Modbus Plus e TSX 57 40 4 network connections Ethway Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Modbus Plus Bridge PLC modules are configured to receive all information necessary for routing When routing occurs directly from module to module no programming constraint is imposed except when the communication module is integrated in the processor possible in Fipway In the latter case the bridge PLC routing capacity will be inversely proportional to its scan time It is therefore advisable to minimise the sequential processing to be perf
189. eumatic UO interface Fipio Rue Henri Becquerel Fax 33 0 2 32 28 98 07 F 27031 Evreux URL www Darker com France ProSoft Technology Inc Tel 1 805 664 7208 SCANport Communication Communication hardware Modbus Plus 9801 Camino Media 105 Fax 1 805 664 7233 Adapter 1560 MBP Bakersfield CA 93311 URL www prosoft technology com United States Prosyst Tel 33 0 3 20 90 43 33 SIMAC Miscellaneous software Modbus Plus 70 Rue Jean Jaures Fax 33 0 3 20 90 43 34 59770 Marly France URL www prosyst fr RACO Manufacturing Tel 1 510 658 6713 Verbatim Gateway HMl operator panel Modbus Plus amp Engineering Fax 1 510 658 3153 1400 62nd Street URL www racoman com Emeryville CA 94608 United States Robicon Tel 1 724 339 9500 Clean Power 454 Perfect Drive Modbus 500 Hunt Valley Drive Fax 1 724 339 8100 Harmony Modbus Plus New Kensington PA 15068 URL www robicon com United States SAF Drive Systems Ltd Tel 1 519 743 5491 SAFphire Programmable Automation controller Modbus 88 Ardelt Avenue Fax 1 519 743 3610 Linear Controller Modbus Plus Kitchener Ontario N2C 2C9 URL www safdrives com Symax Synet Canada Schweitzer Engineering Tel 1 509 332 1890 SEL 2711 Communication interface boards Modbus Plus Laboratories Inc Fax 1 509 332 6187 2350 NE Hopkins Court URL www seline com Pullman WA 99163 5603 United States Sciaky Tel 33 0 1 45 73 43 00 CPS2000 RL2 Miscellaneous actuator Fipio 119 Quai Jules Guesde BP 43 Fax 33 0 1 46 82 58 80 F
190. f processor Type of processor TSX P57 103M TSX P57 153M TSX P57 203M TSX P57 253M T PCX 57 203M TSX P57 303M TSX P57 453M TSX P57 353M T PCX P57 353M Maximum number of application specific channels 8 24 32 64 Description Functions No of axes Reference Weight kg Multiaxis control Control of 8 real axes TSX CSY 84 0 520 module SERCOS digital 4 imaginary axes servodrives Connection accessories Description Connection Length Reference Weight kg Plastic fiber optic cables Lexium 0 3 m 990 MCO 000 01 0 050 fitted with SMA type MHDS 10e N00 0 9m 990 MCO 000 03 0 180 connectors servodrives 1 5m 990 MCO 000 05 0 260 radius curvature 25 mm min 4 5m 990 MCO 000 15 0 770 16 5 m 990 MCO 000 55 2 830 22 5m 990 MCO 000 75 4 070 37 5 m 990 MCO 000 125 5 940 Sets of plastic fiber optic connections Description Composition Reference Weight kg Set of fiber optic cables 990 MCO KIT 01 and SMA connectors 12 SMA type connectors 12 insulating sleeves plastic fiber optic cable length 30 m Fiber optic cable 990 MCO KIT 00 installation tool Tools for making up cables to required length from a kit 990 MCO KIT 01 Includes stripping tool crimping pliers 25 W soldering iron and Quick Reference Guide Connection SERCOS network ring e a a Servodrive 1 Servodrive 3 Servodrive 5 Servodrive 2
191. fication of loop controller operating modes and manual control With the controllers integrated in control loops it is possible to use the autotuning function which calculates a set of adjustment parameters Kp Ti Td or Ks T1 T delay upon request Once the loop has been debugged it is possible to save the current test values as the initial loop parameter values Hence on restarting the loop it will contain the correct values Loop debugging The debugging screen e Displays the values of variables linked to the loop dynamically e Shows the parameters chosen or can even modify them e Displays alarms The menus enable manual control of the loop autotuning parameter backup etc e ie Setpoint programmer debugging y eT Setpoint programmer channels have their own debugging e screen which displays Ey EE Eh A a Bn e vee of the current segment and the iteration j e Execution time of the current segment e Overall execution time The runtime screen tool available in PL7 Pro Pro Dyn software integrates front panel views and trending views in its object library which can be used to adjust and operate control loops Front panel views and trending views Predefined controller front panel views provide the user with the traditional appearance of controller front panels The user only enters the variables used by the loop being dealt with in the various fields in this view Similarly trending views display changes in
192. ftware com TX 77060 United States Ci Technologies Pty Ltd Tel 61 2 9855 1000 Citect HMI SCADA Modbus Plus Pymble NSW 2088 Fax 61 2 9488 9164 Australia URL www cit com au CimQuest Inc Products Group Tel 1 610 935 8282 IN GEAR Activex Communication software Modbus 518 Kimberton Road Fax 1 610 935 1902 Modbus Plus Suite 325 URL www cimquest com Phoenixville PA 19460 United States Cimtech Tel 32 0 67 88 36 66 CIMVIEW HMI SCADA Ethway 20 rue de l industrie Fax 82 0 67 88 36 88 Fipway B 1400 Nivelles URL www cimview com Uni Telway Belgium Modbus Codra Tel 33 0 1 60 92 34 34 Panorama HMI SCADA Ethway 10 Avenue de Norv ge Fax 33 0 1 60 92 34 35 Fipway Narvik URL www codra fr Uni Telway F 91953 Courtaboeuf Cedex Modbus Modbus Plus France Autres Commercial Timesharing Inc Tel 1 330 644 3059 SA85 for Windows NT Unix Communication software Modbus Plus 2650 South Arlington Road Fax 1 330 644 8110 Akron OH 44319 URL www comtime com United States Control Techniques Drives Inc Tel 1 716 773 2321 Unidrive Mentor II Quantum III Drive Modbus Plus 359 Lang Boulevard Fax 1 716 774 8327 Grand Island NY 14072 URL www ctdrives com United States ControlSoft Inc Tel 1 216 397 3900 INTUNE V4 Miscellaneous software Modbus 14077 Cedar Avenue Fax 1 216 381 5001 MANTRA NT Miscellaneous software Modbus Suite 200 URL www controlsoftinc com Modbus Plus Cleveland OH 44118 United States Curry Controls Company Tel 1 941 646 5781
193. g view setpoint programmer view alarm view With this type of terminal it is possible to operate 8 loops e With 10 screen terminals the user has 5 views at his disposal monitoring view front panel view integrating the display of the front panel loop adjustment and autotuning supervisory control view setpoint programmer view alarm view With this type of terminal it is possible to operate 16 loops All runtime pages are based on the same presentation module e An alarm zone is positioned at the bottom of the screen It shows the last active alarm e Dynamic function keys execute one and only one function access to the adjustment page starting autotuning navigation between the various pages selecting a loop etc It is of course possible for the user to customise the screens to suit his requirements 43620 7 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Function continued Presentation of views continued Monitoring view This view is the control application entry point It gives an overall view of all loops being operated on a single screen For each loop this view displays the loop name measurement setpoint deviation operating mode alarms and the execution of autotuning if applicable The user can select a loop and access the front panel for example Front panel view The front panel view uses the tra
194. gent servodrives It is defined in the European standard EN 61491 Using the SERCOS distributed architecture allows application I O position encoder emergency stop etc to be connected directly to the intelligent servodrives reducing the cost of connection The fiber optic digital link permits high speed exchanges 2 or 4 Mbauds s while ensuring a high level of immunity in disturbed industrial environments The SERCOS range in the Premium control system platform comprises e An axis control module TSX CSY 84 which can control up to 8 servodrives via a SERCOS ring The module calculates the path and interpolation for several axes e Lexium servodrives 1 5 A to 20 A with digital link These manage the position loop the speed loop and the torque loop and ensure the power conversion to control the motor The encoder feedback information is sent to the servodrive current position current speed e BPH brushless axis motors Samarium cobalt magnets enable greatly increased power excellent dynamic speed response and reduced size The SERCOS range offers all the accessories required filter choke braking resistor etc and a set of connectors Block diagrams The block diagrams show the functions performed by the various components which comprise the multi axis control system PL7 Junior Pro Bus X _ UniLink Lexium BPH motor Position Speed SERCOS ring to
195. ght kg Micro PLC integrated link TER Modbus Jbus Non isolated RS 485 RTU Uni Telway Character mode Please consult our specialist catalogue Communication Modbus Jbus 1 isolated RS 485 integrated TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module Uni Telway channel channel 0 Character mode 1 type III PCMCIA card slot channel 1 Type Ill PCMCIA cards Modbus Jbus RS 485 RS 422 compatible TSX SCP 114 0 105 for TSX PCX Uni Telway 1 2 19 2 Kbps Premium Character mode processor TSX 37 21 22 PLC or TSX SCY 21601 RS 232 D 9 signals TSX SCP 111 0 105 module 0 3 19 2 Kbps 20 mA CL TSX SCP 112 0 105 1 2 19 2 Kbps Modbus Jbus connection accessories Description Use Reference Weight kg Passive Bus tap link and extension TSX SCA 50 0 520 junction box line termination 2 channel passive Tap link of 2 devices with 2 wires TSX SCA 64 0 570 subscriber socket Tap link of 1 Master device and or 2 or 4 wire 2 1 Slave device with 4 wires Fitted with 2 female 15 way SUB D connectors RS 232 C RS 485 Connection of an RS 232 C device as RS 485 TSX SCA 72 0 520 active adaptor Isolation of signals and line termination Micro PLC Bus tap link cable 2 or 4 wire TSX P ACC 01 0 690 TER terminal port Isolation of Modbus signals cable connector Line termination Supplied with TER port link cable lengt
196. gue 43594 2 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43594 2 References pages 43594 6 and 43594 7 Uni Telway bus Characteristics continued Performances BCT The Uni Telway bus cycle time depends on ms e The number of devices polled datalink addresses 400 e The data rate e The turnaround time of each device 1 e The number length and type of messages 300 z BCT Bus Cycle Time is the interval between two polls to 200 the same device 100 1 9 6 Kbps 1 4 8 12 16 20 24 27 2 19 2 Kbps The above curve gives the Uni Telway cycle time as a function of the number of slaves operating at 9 6 Kbps or 19 2 Kbps with a typical turnaround time of 5 ms per device excluding messages The following table shows the time to be added in ms to obtain the true BCT value as a function of the traffic N Number of usable characters Time ms Exchanges 9 6 Kops 19 2 Kbps Master to slave 24 1 2 N 1 17 0 6 N 1 Slave to master 19 1 2 N 1 12 0 6 N 1 Slave to slave 44 2 3 N 1 29 1 15 N 1 1 N Number of usable characters corresponding to the messages to be exchanged In a distributed control system architecture the application to application response time depends not only on the communication system but also on e The processing times of the message source and destination devices e The degree of asynchronism betwee
197. h 1 m Line terminators Can be 2 4 wire cabling TSX SCA 10 0 030 sold in lots of 2 connected to the front panel of the TSX SCA 64 subscriber socket Other accessories 3 Please consult our specialist catalogue 1 Product supplied with a bilingual quick reference guide English and French 2 2 or 4 wire cabling compatible with the TSX SCA 64 subscriber socket requires a Modbus cable with 10 mm maximum external diameter 3 For Modbus Plus multiplexed 4 channel Modbus gateway please consult your Regional Sales Office 43595 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43595 3 Modbus Jbus bus References continued Modbus Jbus connecting cables Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Isolated TSX SCP 114 TSX SCA 50 3m TSX SCP CM 4030 0 160 RS 422 485 card 2 wire box 1 tap link cables TSX SCA 64 3m TSX SCP CM 4530 0 180 subscriber sockets 2 4 wire Standard 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 Modbus Jbus device 4 wire 1 point to point TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCA 50 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 160 module integrated 2 wire box 1 channel channel 0 TSX SCA 64 3m TSX SCY CM 6530 0 160 subscriber sockets 2 wire RS 232 D TSX SCP 111 Communication 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 tap link cables
198. haracteristics Number of cams 128 position monostable brake type Number of tracks 32 24 directly associated with the 24 physical outputs 8 logic Position encoder inputs Incremental with RS 422 485 line emitter or Totem Pole output Absolute with SSI serial link Absolute with parallel outputs via ABE 7CPA11 adaptor sub base Controlled outputs 24 discrete outputs 24 V 0 5 A Associated functions Elimination of axis backlash position recalibration measurement capture switching feedforward arts counter generation of events Electrical characteristics Modularity 1 axis Max frequency on encoder input SSI absolute encoder 8 to 25 bits CLK transmission frequency kHz 200 Incremental encoder Xil kHz 500 x4 kHz 250 Current drawn by the module On internal 5 V with internal mA 660 typical module fan during operation On 24 V sensors preactuators mA 15 auxiliary inputs and track outputs On 10 30 V use of an SSI mA 1 encoder and single 24 V power supply Power dissipated in the module 7 typical Monitoring of sensor Yes preactuator power supplies Output refresh cycle us 50 up to 16 cams 100 up to 32 cams 200 up to 128 cams Input characteristics Type of input Encoder inputs IA IB IZ Auxiliary inputs with RS 422 with 10 30 V recalibration capture 0 capture 1 Logic Differential inputs Positive or
199. he TSX CAY 41 42 modules control up to 4 axes axes 0 to 3 The TSX CAY 33 module controls 3 interpolated linear axes They can be used with servodrives with analog inputs 10 V such as Lexium 17D servodrives reference MHDA 10e eN00 TSX CAY ee modules can be installed like all application specific modules in any position on a Premium PLC Description The front panel of TSX CAY ee axis control modules comprises TSX CAY 41 42 mag TSX CAY 33 GUN atl S El Ank ike 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per axis for connecting an incremental or absolute encoder 2 One 9 way SUB D connector for all axes for connecting e 1 speed reference analog output for each axis 3 One 20 way HE 10 connector for all channels for connecting e Auxiliary inputs for servodrive control e External power supply for servodrive I O 4 One 20 way HE 10 connector for 2 axes 0 1 or 2 3 for connecting e Auxiliary inputs homing cam emergency stop event recalibration e Reflex outputs e External power supplies for sensors and preactuators 5 Rigid casing which e Holds the electronic card e Locates and locks the module in its slot 6 Module diagnostic lamps e Module diagnostics green RUN lamp module operating red ERR lamp internal fault module failure red I O lamp external fault e Axis diagnostics green CHe lamps axis diagnostics available 43550 2 Premium automation platform References
200. he same time to withdraw any conflicting regulations The Directives particularly those of a technical nature with which we are concerned only set objectives called general requirements The manufacturer must take all necessary measures to ensure that his products conform to the requirements of each Directive relating to his equipment As a general rule the manufacturer affirms that his product conforms to the necessary requirements of the Directive s by applying the C label to his product C marking is applied to Telemecanique products where relevant The significance of C marking e C marking on a product means that the manufacturer certifies that his product conforms to the relevant European Directives it is necessary in order that a product which is subject to a Directive s can be marketed and freely moved within the European Union e C marking is intended solely for the national authorities responsible for market regulation For electrical equipment only conformity of the product to standards indicates that it is suitable for use and only a guarantee by a recognised manufacturer can ensure a high level of quality One or more Directives as appropriate may apply to our products in particular e The Low Voltage Directive 72 23 EEC amended by Directive 93 68 EEC C marking under the terms of this Directive could not be applied before 1 January 1995 and is compulsory as of 1 January 1997 e The El
201. hneider electric com cn South East E Schneider South East Asia HQ Asia Pte Ltd 460 Alexandra Road 15 01 PSA building 119963 Singapore Tel 65 270 23 66 Fax 65 273 46 10 European Zone ECE CIS E Schneider Electric CEI Tel 7 502 224 5050 Countries 80 Leningradsky Prospekt 5033 et 5034 125178 Moscou Fax 7 502 224 5220 Russia Nordic E Schneider Electric A S Tel 45 44 73 7888 countries Baltorpbakken 14 Fax 45 44 68 5255 DK 2750 Ballerup www schneider electric dk Denmark East Adriatic E Schneider Electric SA Tel 385 1 367 100 countries Fallerovo Setaliste 22 Fax 385 1 367 111 10000 Zagreb Croatia North America Zone E Schneider Electric North American Division 1415 Roselle Road Palatine IL 60067 USA Tel 1 847 397 2600 Fax 1 847 925 7500 www squared com South America amp Caribbee zone E Schneider Electric Emp Partic Head Office Zone Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima 1478 15 A 01451 913 Sao Paulo SP Brazil Tel 55 11 816 45 00 Fax 55 11 813 09 43 www schneider com br Pacific Zone E Schneider Electric Australia Pty Limited 2 Solent Circuit Norwest Business Park NSW 2153 Baulkham Hill Australia Tel 61 298 51 28 00 Fax 61 296 29 83 10 www schneider com au wm Eeiemecanive
202. hout condensation Dimensions L x H x D mm 40 x 125 x 80 BS 140 x 80 Degree of protection IP 30 Approvals and conformity UL CE CUL 1950 FCC part B CSA 22 2 142 CSA 22 2 213M class 1 Div 2 certification pending Electrical characteristics Models 499 NEH 004 10 499 NEH 041 00 499 NOH 005 10 Types Ethernet 10 Mbps Ethernet 100 Mbps Ethernet 10 Mbps Interfaces 4 10baseT ports with 4 100baseTX ports with 3 10baseT ports with RJ45 shielded connectors RJ45 shielded connectors RJ45 shielded connectors 2 10baseFL ports with BFOC connectors Medium Twisted pair cables Twisted pair cables or redundant fibre optic ring Connectors 1 x 5 way Operating voltage V 18 32 safety low voltage 9 6 57 6 safety low voltage 18 32 safety low voltage Redundancy Power supply Power supply and fibre optic ring Consumption at 24 V mA 80 typical 200 typical 160 typical 130 max 270 max 350 max Line length m 100 max with twisted pairs Fibre optic 3100 max max 10 000 Twisted pairs 100 max max 330 Number of TF hubs in cascade 4 max 11 max in a ring 11 max Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V Indicator lights Power supply data exchange collision and line status via communication port 48190 3 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connecti
203. ically automatically and without the involvement of the application program at the same rate as the task for which the agent PLC has been configured For characteristics Fipio bus wiring system and connection accessories see pages 43597 2 to 43597 7 Application services The application services supported by Micro TSX 37 21 22 and Premium Agent function PLCs are e Uni TE service X Way industrial message handling service suitable for operator dialogue diagnostics and control functions requests of up to 128 bytes e Application to application communication service which consists of the transmission of tables between 2 devices controlled by their respective application programs messages of up to 128 bytes e New periodic data exchange service for exchanging a 64 word table between the bus manager PLC and the Premium Agent PLC Software setup TTS PACK E PETER D Each Micro Premium PLC Fipio Agent uses 64 MW consecutive internal words to exchange periodic data The first 32 words are reserved for sending data to the manager and the remaining 32 are reserved for receiving data from the manager PL7 Micro Junior Pro application specific screens allow the configuration of the Fipio Agent PCMCIA card This consists of Indicating the connection point number 1 to 127 e Indicating the address at the beginning of the 64 MW word table reserved for sending data to and receiving data from the manager 43593
204. in any communication system the performance of an X Way architecture is linked to numerous parameters which depend on the e Hardware used network passband module resources processor resources PLC PC or other CPUs e Application services used Uni TE service industrial message handling application to application communication COM service distributed database common words telegram service inter network routing on multinetwork architectures The difficulty in determining the correct size of an architecture is due to the fact that the majority of these parameters are linked Notes e For purposes of simplification the values shown in the tables which follow have been reduced If these are adhered to correct operation of the architecture is ensured If the performance levels obtained are not sufficient please consult our Regional Sales Office for a more detailed study e The performance levels indicated depend relatively little on the size of messages Limiting factors have much more to do with the number of messages It is therefore necessary to group as much useful information as possible within the same message using the most suitable Uni TE request This is particularly the case for Ethernet Ethway or Uni TE profile on TCP IP where the Uni TE request processing capacity has been increased to 1 Kbyte and where these requests are processed in the background task hence independently of the conventional
205. in offline mode They concern e Encoder offset e Resolution Servo control parameters e Etc Debugging the modules In online mode the configuration editor also provides the user with a control panel screen giving him a quick visual display which he can use to control and observe the behaviour of the axis The control panel provides different information and commands according to the selected operating mode e Automatic mode Auto e Manual mode Manu e Direct mode Dir_Cde e Off mode Off 43553 3 Motion control Motion control offer Presentation Motion control offer The axis control offer is intended for machines which simultaneously require high performance servo motion control associated with PLC sequential control Premium and Quantum automation platforms offer among their range of interfaces axis control modules providing a position control function These modules are e Analogue output modules TSX CAY multi axis control 2 to 4 axes for Premium 140 MSB MSC single axis control for Quantum e SERCOS digital link modules TSX CSY controls up to 8 drives for Premium 141 MMS controls up to 22 drives for Quantum Lexium servodrives provide solid state switching current or torque regulation and speed control Two types of servodrive each available in 5 current ratings 1 5 3 6 10 20 A permanent rms are offered e MHDA servodrives with analogue setpoint
206. ines requiring precise measurements with short cycle times and high input frequencies timber machines packing machines etc The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module provides the standard functions speed monitoring reflex outputs etc enabling a simple position control function to be performed by the application program The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module also enables special functions to be managed Description The front panel of a TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per channel for connecting e Counting sensors or incremental encoder e SSI absolute encoder or parallel output encoder with ABE 7CPA11 sub base Sensor power supply e Encoder power supply feedback for checking it is correctly supplied 2 One 20 way HE10 connector for connecting on each channel e Auxiliary inputs preset enable and read e Reflex outputs e Programmable frequency output TSX CTY 2C e Power supplies for auxiliary UO and encoders wo Rigid casing which e Holds the electronic card e Locates and locks the module in its slot etc gt Module diagnostic lamps e Module diagnostics green RUN lamp module operating red ERR lamp internal fault module failure red I O lamp external fault e Channel diagnostics GON ital 4 green CHe lamp channel diagnostics available Operation block diagram Block diagram of a channel
207. ion is e TT 3xCT1 0 5 x CT2 2 x NAT Note on 1 Kbyte message handling average transaction time is identical Instead of processing the 1 Kbyte request cycle at the beginning of the cycle processing is carried out at the end In both cases this depends similarly on the PLC server cycle time Multinetwork architecture Where one or more bridge PLCs are spanned it is necessary to add the transit time of the bridge s plus the access time to each of the networks If a bridge uses a Fipway card on a processor the transit time is normally 1 5 x BCT where BCT is defined as the PLC bridge cycle time For all other cases routing is carried out directly from module to module The bridge transit time is approximately 10 ms 43301 11 Premium automation platform References page 43591 3 Communication module Presentation characteristics Presentation The TSX SCY 21601 communication module increases the communication possibilities of Premium PLCs The module has e An integrated channel isolated RS 485 asynchronous serial link half duplex with Uni Telway Modbus Jbus and Character mode protocols e A PCMCIA host channel supporting the following protocols Uni Telway bus Modbus Jbus character mode on RS 232 D link current loop or RS 485 Jnet network Fipway network Fipway Modbus Plus Uni Telway f CO
208. ion platform Characteristics page 43542 3 References page 43542 4 Connections dimensions page 43542 5 TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module Description operation Premium S Encoder Motor Track outputs Preactuators The TSX CCY 1128 module performs the electronic cam function for an animated axis of a rotary movement in a single direction alternating cyclical with periodic arrival of parts for processing or endless with random arrival of parts for processing The axis is managed by an incremental or absolute encoder The TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module manages independently up to 128 cams which may be spread over a maximum of 32 tracks to which 24 discrete physical outputs and 8 logic outputs may be assigned Processing is structured in 4 groups of 8 tracks each with groups 0 and 1 associated with the module connector 0 and groups 2 and 3 with connector 1 The TSX CCY 1128 module can be used for the following functions elimination of axis backlash position recalibration capturing measurements part length number of points per revolution angle of arrival of parts slip etc anticipation of switching parts counter generating events Like all application specific modules the TSX CCY 1128 module can be installed in any slot of a Premium PLC except those dedicated to the power supply and the processor Description The front panel of the TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam mo
209. itable tor supervision diagnostic and control functions Uni TE service Ethway Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Fipio Uni Telway Request size 256 bytes 128 bytes 128 bytes 240 bytes 2 or 1 Kbyte 1 Note The Uni TE service can be used between stations connected on different Ethernet TCP IP Fipway Fipio or Uni Telway segments of the same multinetwork architecture please consult our specialist catalogue Terminal transparency FT 2100 programming terminals and PC compatible supervisors are Uni TE clients A terminal connected to any network station or connected directly to the Fipway Ethernet TCP IP network can communicate with any other station on the network all the exchanges are transparent to the user as though the terminal were physically connected to the PLC with which it establishes communication Terminal transparency can be used between stations connected on different Ethernet TCP IP Fipway or Fipio segments of the same multinetwork architecture 1 256 bytes for synchronous requests and 1 Kbyte for requests processed in the background Ethway Ethernet TCP IP not available on Micro PLC 2 Size limited to 128 bytes on Micro Premium terminal port and TSX model 40 PLCs and to 32 bytes on TSX 17 20 and TSX 47 20 25 43301 3 Premium automation platform X way communication Application services continued COM service Distributed database The COM service available on the Fipway Ethway 1
210. ity of current loops during disconnection protection against overvoltages TSX AEY 810 Distribution of 8 isolated channels ABE 7CPA31 0 410 on screw terminals channel by channel sensor supply without common point protection against overvoltages TSX AEY 1614 Distribution of 16 channels on screw ABE 7CPA12 0 360 terminals integrates temperature probe for external cold junction compensation TSX AEY 420 Distribution of 4 channels on screw ABE 7CPA21 0 200 4 terminals Connection TSX AEN 420 800 Link between 25 way SUB D TSX CAP 030 0 670 cables TSX AEY 810 1600 connectors of analogue TSX AEY 1614 5 UO modules and TSX ASY 800 ABE 7CPAee sub bases Length 3 m TSX ASY 410 Link between 1 5m ABF Y25S150 0 500 module and ABE 7CPA21 sub bases 6 2m ABF Y25S200 0 560 3m ABF Y25S300 0 740 5m ABF Y25S500 0 920 Screw terminal TSX AEY 414 To be ordered separately with TSX BLY 01 0 100 20 way TSX ASY 410 with each I O module for connection via screw terminal block Set of 4 TSX AEY 414 Adaptation for current range TSX AAK2 0 020 TSX BLY 01 resistors supplied with TSX AEY 414 Product supplied with a bilingual quick reference guide French and English If the TSX AEY 810 module is used with the ABE 7CPA02 sub base the module channels cannot be isolated Can be used with TSX AEY 420 module Necessity to use two TSX CAP 030 cables to connect the ABE 7CPA12 sub base 1 G 4 Can be used with TSX ASY 410 module by using the ABF Y25
211. ive label holder AR1 SB3 14040 2 for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports T FTX 43606 2 AS i bus power supply unit TSX SUP 43612 3 and 43606 3 B TSX PCD 43606 2 Batteries back up for TSX PCU PCX _43606 3 coprocessor TSX BAT 43513 5 TSX SCP 43606 2 industrial operator panels CCX 17 TSX PLP 43583 6 TSX SCY 43606 3 processor internal RAM memory TSX PLP 43512 5 XBT Z 43603 3 Bus X daisy chaining cables TSX CBY 43510 4 for safety modules TSX CPP 43522 6 for terminals T CCX 43583 7 CCX 17 industrial operator panels T CCX 17 43583 6 InterBus S TSX IBS IBI 170 MCI Communication card for operator TSX FPP TSX MB 48243 5 43602 5 dialogue terminals 36359 5 36360 3 Jnet TSX SCP 43603 3 Communication module TSX SCY 43591 3 Magelis terminals 36360 3 43594 6 43595 4 43596 3 Modbus Jbus TSX SCP SCY _43595 5 Connection accessories for Modbus Plus 490 NAA 48232 3 analogue I O modules ABE 7CP 43530 7 36360 3 and 43599 5 TSX BLY 43530 7 Profibus DP TSX PBS 43607 3 TSX CAP 43530 7 Profibus DP bus TSX PBS 43607 3 AS i bus XZ SD CB 43611 3 serial link TSX SCP SCY PCD asynchronous serial link TSX P PCD 43596 3 43596 3 43606 2 TSX SCP SCY 43596 3 _Uni Telway TSX SCA SCP PCU counter modules ABE 7CP 7H 43540 5 43594 7 TSX CAP CCP _43540 5 Connection leads for operator dialogue terminals TSX FP CG 36359 5 TSX CDP TAP 43540 5 Connection modules for AS i bus ribbon cable XZ SDE 43611 3 electronic cam module ABE
212. k This type of card can be used for direct point to point links or via Modem e TSX SCP 112 PCMCIA card 20 mA current loop link This type of card is used for a multidrop link 2 to 16 devices and requires a 24 V external power supply 1 TER port for TSX 37 05 08 10 PLC Other devices please consult our specialist catalogue TSX model 40 PLCs Nano PLCs TSX 17 20 micro PLCs FT 2100 PC compatible terminals Connection via processor Connection via the Connection via the Connection via the Uni Telway integrated port terminal port TSX SCG 1161 module terminal integrated ports or via TSX SCM 2106 of TSX 17 20 micro PLCs These give access to all communication module fitted with the devices in the X Way TSX P17 20 FC2 FD2 PL7 2 architecture micro software cartridge X Way drivers see page 43594 6 Other devices which can be connected See page or Description Device reference catalogue Operator panel MMI terminals Identification system CCX 17 20 CCX 17 30 Page 43583 6 XBT H P E HM PM XBT F FC T XBT F Page 0372Q 2 XGS C5 Specialist catalogue Variable speed drives MASAP servodrive ATV 16 ATV 66 ATV 58 for asynchronous motors Specialist catalogue RTV 74 RTV 84 for d c motors MSP 62 Specialist catalogue Specialist catalogue Industrial terminals FT 2100 terminal Page 43586 4 Data processing equipment Bull DPX2 100 comp
213. l monitor correct operation of both networks If one of the networks should fail all traffic could be transferred to the valid network The traffic on both networks should be managed by the user program This structure increases safety and availability as a malfunctioning network does not affect the operation of the control system Network 1 i l l l Network 2 C IS Cd Cd SES EES 5 Di EE x EI x C E U d 0 OF 0 0 T 0 9E 00 Premium TSX7 PMX 7 43301 6 Premium automation platform X Way communication Multinetwork uses Inter network communication Ethernet TCP IP Network 1 e 5 m a 9 Uni Telway i i a i Premium Premium Network 2 Fipway Fipway 60X17 Network 3 e j G Fipway Network 4 fl i Premium d o Premium Fipway Network 5 Micro d TSX P57 TSX SCY 21601 TSX ETY eee Processor Communication module A Ethway Ethernet TCP IP module These architectures comprise several network segments which are interconnected by bridge PLC stations Transparent communication is then offered between all devices present in this type of architecture These bridge PLC stations provide the same services as multi module stations and ensure transparency of communi cation b
214. le Value of an existing point of a cam profile number of points 5000 max type of interpolation table addresses State of a movement or axis Moving accelerating decelerating homing in position faulty etc Diagnostics Drive fault axis currently reading data following error overvoltage undervoltage overcurrent power supply failure Electrical characteristics of the TSX CSY 84 module SERCOS network Type Industrial medium conforming to standard EN 61491 Topology Ring Medium Fiber optic cable Baud rate M bauds s 4 Cycle time ms 2 or 4 per configuration Number of segments 9 max with TSX CSY 84 module Segment length m 38 max with plastic fiber optic cable 150 max with glass fiber optic cable Bus X Distance m 100 max 1 between TSX CSY 84 axis control module and the Premium processor Consumption mA 1800 at 5V Power dissipated in the module W 9 typical 1 Without the use of a TSX REY 200 Bus X remote module 43555 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43555 4 SERCOS TSX CSY 84 Premium motion control module References connections TSX CSY 84 References The TSX CSY 84 multiaxis control module has 32 application specific channels which are only counted when they are configured in the Premium application using PL7 Junior Pro software The maximum number of application specific channels allowed depends on the type o
215. le making selections the lower part of the screen shows the profile display with the setpoint limit values This screen also allows the cycles of this profile to be defined execution once a certain number of times or continually looped back 32 767 times maximum Execution of control channels The loop sampling period is predefined at 300 ms This defines the loop controller processing period in automatic mode It is possible to modify this period in the loop configuration screen The user can access all the I O and parameters for the various configured control channels via the program or by using the various PL7 Junior Pro software tools in particular language editors and animation tables 43620 5 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Functions continued Debug functions Adjustment and debugging of control loops is performed in a simple and user friendly way using the loop configuration application specific screen which when online can access the following functions Display and animation of the loop algorithm diagram Display of alarms linked to the process and channel faults Simulation of input interface values for example when they are not connected process value Feed Forward Addition removal or replacement of calculation functions in online mode Modification of adjustment parameters for each function Modi
216. les TSX DSY 8T22 2 1 ms TSX DSY 32T2K 3 2 ms Input characteristics Type of input Counter inputs IAB IZ or SSI absolute encoder IA IB IZ Auxiliary inputs preset enable read Nominal Voltage Vv 5 24 24 values Current mA 18 16 8 Limit Voltage Vv S35 19 30 up to 34 V possible 19 30 up to 34 V possible values limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period At state 1 Voltage Vv 22 4 211 211 Current mA gt 3 6 for U 2 4 V gt 6 for U 11 V gt 6 for U 11 V At state 0 Voltage Vv Sil lt 5 So Current mA kuss e lt 2 for U 5 V LANUS iow Logic Positive Positive Positive Sensor voltage check response time At loss of 24 V ms lt 25 At return of 24 V ms lt 10 Input impedance for nominal U Q 400 1500 3400 Input impedance for U 2 4 V Q gt 270 RS 422 compatibility Response time us lt 50 Type of input Resistive Resistive Current sink IEC 1131 conformity Type 2 Type 2 Proximity sensor compatibility 2 wire 3 wire 2 wire 3 wire Output characteristics Type of output Auxiliary outputs 2 per channel Nominal voltage V 24 Voltage limits Vv 19 30 up to 34 V possible limited to 1 hour per 24 hour period Nominal current mA 500 Maximum voltage drop when ON V lt 0 5 Leakage current mA lt 0 1 Switching time us lt 250 Electrostatic discharge time s L R
217. ller to choose from autotuning PID controller in discrete mode with 2 or 3 states hot cool controller PID or autotuning model or Split Range controller PID or autotuning model Output processing There are 3 types of output processing analogue output servomotor output or PWM output Whatever the type of output the control calculated by the controller crosses a ramp limiter and a limiter where the lower and higher limits can be used to define the output variation range Setpoint programmer The setpoint programmer offers a maximum of 6 profiles with a total of 48 segments It is therefore possible to create a 48 segment programmer six 8 segment programmers or one 24 segment programmer with one 16 segment programmer and one 8 segment programmer etc Each segment is configured as a ramp or dwell time It is characterised by e The setpoint to be reached e Duration of the segment or gradient of the segment if a ramp A profile can be executed once a certain number of times or continually looped back Moreover due to the concept of guaranteed dwell time the time will only need to be downcounted if the process value is actually in the specified range 43620 4 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Functions continued Configuration of control channels Special screens accessible using PL7 Junior Pro softwa
218. lute encoder with 12 way DIN connector output Bi Sc 2 DV RS 422 485 Totem Pole incremental encoder 101 Cl Taek Jona 3 Absolute encoder with parallel outputs 200 Track o Q0 2 0 4 TSX CAP S15 connector 100 5 TSX CCP S15 eee cable with connectors o 6 TSX TAP S15 05 24 connector 113 TSX TAP S15 05 TSX TAP S15 24 112 1 IB 7 NC 1 NC 7 NC 1 fie enn 2 Sup Ret 8 IB 5V 2 NC 8 IB 5V 3 1Z 5V 9 NG 3 1Z 24V 9 NC 4 IZ 10 OV 4 NC 10 OV 5 IA 5V 11 NC 5 IA 24V 11 NC 6 IA 12 5V 6 NC 12 10 30 V 7 TSX CDP ee3 cable with connectors 8 TSX CDP e01 preformed cable with flying leads 9 TSX CDP e03 cable with connectors Dimensions Connection interface for TSX TAP S15 05 24 incremental encoder 43 C 1m 27 4 Enclosure feedthrough mounting dust and damp proof cut out 37 maximum panel thickness 5 mm 43542 5 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Connections pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 Dimensions page 43550 11 TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Description Premium Lexium servo aj drive H Motor The TSX CAY ee servo loop positioning axis control range is intended for machines which require simultaneous high performance motion control together with sequential control by programmable controller TSX CAY 21 22 modules control 2 individual axes axes 0 and 1 T
219. m service available on Fipway is a special case of application to application messages It enables short messages to be sent and received on a priority basis The maximum size of messages transmitted by telegram is 16 characters A telegram from a Micro Premium PLC is sent immediately by the SEND_TLG transmission function without waiting for the end of the scan A telegram is received by a Micro Premium PLC using the RECEIVE_TLG reception function in e The event triggered task processed as soon as the message arrives in the network card e The fast task or master task when scanning the RECEIVE TLG function A PLC can only process one telegram at a time The telegram service is suitable for short high priority messages Service Ethway Ethernet TCP IP 1 Fipway Fipio Uni Telway Telegram 16 bytes Note The telegram service remains local to a network It can be inhibited 1 Ethway Ethernet TCP IP not available on Micro PLCs 2 Size limited to 128 bytes on Micro Premium terminal port TSX model 40 PLCs and to 32 bytes on TSX 17 20 and TSX 47 20 25 43301 5 Premium automation platform X Way communication Multinetwork uses The X Way addressing mechanism network layer enables several Ethway Ethernet TCP IP and or Fipway networks or segments to be interconnected The X Way communication architecture is designed to cover multinetwork applications capable of dealing with problems of concentration r
220. n 17 19 Fax 46 8 623 84 85 P O Box 15355 i New Lynn Auckland 19129 Sollentuna l EE Nigeria E Merlin Gerin Nigeria Ltd Tel 234 14 93 63 99 Switzerland E Schneider Electric Switzerland S A Tel 41 31 917 3333 Plot 25 Sanni Tola Sonolki Close Off Fax 234 14 97 45 99 Sohermonwaldsirasserd Posiach Fax 1 31 917 3359 Harold Sodipo Crescent 3063 Ittigen www schneider electric ch PO Box 12 505 Syria E Schneider Electric Syria Tel 963 11 333 10 26 Ikeja Lagos Shakib Arslan Street Fax 963 11 331 08 67 Norway E Schneider Electric Norge A S Tel 47 6924 9700 EEN Solgaard Skog 2 Fax 47 6925 7871 PO Box 33876 Damas Postboks 128 Taiwan E Schneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd Tel 886 2 27 33 14 64 1501 Moss 11F 2 N 51 Keelung Road Sec 2 Fax 886 2 27 33 64 10 Oman E Schneider Electric CA Tel 968 77 163 64 110 Taipei www schneider electric com tw c o Arab Development Co Fax 968 77 104 49 Thailand E Schneider Thailand Ltd Tel 662 261 18 99 PO Box 439 20th Floor Richmond Building Fax 662 260 82 35 113 Muscat 75 Sukhumvit 26 rd Klongtoey www schneider electric co th Pakistan E Schneider Electric Pakistan Tel 92 21 586 3561 Bangkok 10110 302 Clifton Center to 3563 Tunisia E Schneider Electric Tunisie Tel 216 1 960 477 Clifton Block J Fax 92 21 586 3564 2045 Les Berges du Lac Fax 216 1 960 342 Karachi 75500 Tunis Peru E Schneider Electric Peru S A Tel 511 221 54 60 Turkey E Schneider Elek
221. n the bus and processor cycle times This response time must be evaluated by the designer of each application according to the devices which are connected Device 1 CT1 CT1 CT1 CT1 The processing time of a device may vary from one to two 1 cycle times depending on the degrees of asynchronism Uni Telway bus ma geg Device 2 CT2 cT2 Y BCT Uni Telway bus cycle time gt CT1 Device 1 bus cycle time CT2 Device 2 bus cycle time 43594 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43594 2 References pages 43594 6 and 43594 7 Uni Telway bus Devices which can be connected Devices which can be connected Micro Premium PLCs Micro Premium PLCs provide various ways of connecting to the Uni Telway bus 1 Via the integrated port onthe processor or coprocessor The AUX 1 port 8 way mini DIN has one non isolated RS 485 serial link channel maximum distance 10 m Via the integrated port on the TSX SCY 21601 module This module has one isolated RS 485 serial link channel Half duplex multiprotocol including Uni Telway Via multiprotocol PCMCIA card A slot on the processor of TSX 37 21 22 Premium PLCs or on the coprocessor and on the TSX SCY 21601 module accepts the following multiprotocol cards e TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card Isolated RS 485 RS 422 link This type of card corresponds to the Uni Telway standard e TSX SCP 111 PCMCIA card Non isolated RS 232 D lin
222. non cascadable segment Length 1 Maximum circumference of the ring or length of the line 20 km Tap links 1 From OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transceiver the maximum length of the electrical tap link is 100 m Services Same as page 43597 2 apart from the Telegram service which is not available with OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transceiver 1 Characteristics specific to use of fibre optics 2 Devices connected on electrical tap links are compatible with the WorldFip physical layer References OZD FIP G3 TSX FPP 20 10 Description No of trans Connectable devices Reference Weight ceivers per Fipio Fipway bus or network bus network kg Fipio Fipway 20 maximum Micro Premium Micro OZD FIP G3 0 500 fibre optic TBX distr UO Premium transceiver with TBX LEP 30 with 1 Momentum distr 1 0 TSX FPP 20 CCX 17 panels PCMCIA version 2 4 card FT 2100 FTX 517 PC compatible Micro Premium PLC connection components 2 Description Use Composition Reference Weight kg Fipway card TSX 37 21 22 PLC 1 type Ill TSX FPP 200 0 110 TSX PMX 57 processor PCMCIA PCX 57 coprocessor card Fipio agent TSX 37 21 22 PLC 1 type Ill TSX FPP 10 0 110 function TSX PMX 57 processor PCMCIA card PCX 57 coprocessor card 1 For TSX FP ACC 8M fibre optic electrical repeater see page 43597 6 2 For accessories and connecting cables see pages 43597 5 to 43597 7 43590 3
223. nt connection Services Uni Telway Requests in point to point with report question answer type 240 bytes maximum from any connected device Unsolicited data in point to point without report 240 bytes maximum from any connected device ASCII Transmission reception of a character string 200 bytes maximum Software setup The Modem module is configured using PL7 software specific screens These screens enable e Protocol selection and definition of its characteristics e Declaration of the Modem configuration e Passwords to be entered Call nang up procedures are carried out using a specific PL7 function block Once the link has been established communication uses standard communication function blocks PL7 language objects can be used to monitor the state of the Modem module from the PL7 application The Modem function occupies approximately 12 5 Kwords in the application program memory zone Debug screens enable e Testing of the Modem offline e Communication diagnostics References Description Characteristics Protocol Reference Weight kg Type Ill data transmission mode ASCII TSX MDM 10 0 105 PCMCIA card V32 9 6 K bps max Uni Telway for Premium STN point to point connection processor called caller mode TSX 37 21 22 TSX MDM 10 PLC Connection accessories Description Use Reference Weight From To socket for kg Connection TSX
224. ntegrate the standard MIB II Management Information Base RFC 1213 and are compatible with the main commercially available network administration software programs Communication services common to all X Way networks Uni TE message handling application to application communication or common words which are available on Ethway or TCP IP are detailed on pages 43301 2 to 43301 7 of this section The following pages describe only those services specific to Ethernet TCP IP e The I O Scanning I O exchange function see page 43601 5 e The integrated WEB server function see page 43601 6 e Open access to third party protocols with the TCP Open function see page 43601 8 43601 2 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network Functions Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Module selection Module types TSX ETY 110 TSX ETY 110 WS TSX ETY 410 TSX ETY 5101 Ethernet connection AUI port for direct Ethernet 10base5 connection RJ45 SFTP port for 10baseT connection RJ45 SFTP port for 100baseTX connection Inter PLC communication Ethway for communication with TSX Series 7 or Series 1000 PLCs TCP IP with Modbus or Uni TE protocol Network management SNMP agent VO exchanges UO Scanning function Internet access Integrated Web server Diagnostic Web user page Performance Data rate Processing capacity
225. nual Buses and networks X Way communication To be ordered separately TSX DR NET E 0 320 reference manual Fipway network To be ordered separately TSX DG FPW E 0 140 installation and setup Fipio bus To be ordered separately TSX DR FIP E 0 230 reference manual Fipio Fipway fibre optic To be ordered separately TSX DM OZD 01E 0 110 transceiver setup Modbus Plus network To be ordered separately 890 USE 100 01 0 040 installation guide Ethernet network 10base5 To be ordered separately TSX DR ETH E 0 120 reference manual Ethernet Transparent Factory To be ordered separately 490 USE 133 01 reference manual Ethernet Transparent Factory To be ordered separately 490 USE 134 01 pre wired system installation manual AS i sensor actuator bus To be ordered separately XDOC5511EN 0 220 reference manual Uni Telway bus To be ordered separately TSX DG UTWE 0 060 installation and setup Modbus bus To be ordered separately TSX DG MDB E 0 040 user s manual InterBus S module To be ordered separately TSX DM IBY 100E 0 140 installation manual Profibus DP module To be ordered separately TSX DM PBY 100E 0 140 installation manual CANopen bus module To be ordered separately TSX DM CPP 100E installation manual Jnet network To be ordered separately TSX DG JNT M 0 360 user s manual English and French Momentum distributed UO Base unit installation manual To be ordered separately 870 USE 002 01 Fipio comm
226. o Technologies Inc Tel 1 314 298 9100 Monitrol HMI SCADA Modbus Plus 3300 Rider Trail South Fax 1 314 298 1729 Suite 300 URL www hilco com Earth City MO 63045 1338 United States Hilscher GmbH Tel 49 6190 9907 0 KPO 104 MBP PVK 20 MBP Communication interface boards Modbus Plus Rheinstrabe 78 Fax 49 6190 9907 50 CIF 30 MBP SCA MBP Hattersheim D 65796 URL www hilscher com Germany Hirschmann Tel 49 7127 14 1479 OZD FIP Communication hardware Fipio Fipway PO Box 1649 Fax 49 7127 14 1495 D 72606 N rtingen URL www hirschmann com Germany HMS Fieldbus Systems AB Tel 46 0 35 168 200 AnyBus AB64 Communication interface boards Fipio Pilefeltsgatan 73 Fax 46 0 35 168 210 AnyBus Data Transfer Communication interface boards Modbus S 302 50 Halmstad URL www hms se Modbus Plus Sweden Honeywell Tel 33 0 1 60 19 80 00 Excel 500 Automation controller Fipway Parc Technologique Fax 33 0 1 60 19 81 81 Bat Mercury BP 87 URL www honeywell com F 91193 Gif sur Yvette France Honeywell Industrial Automation Tel 1 602 313 5000 SCAN 3000 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus 16404 N Black Canyon Fax 1 602 313 4990 Modbus Plus Highway Phoenix AZ 85053 URL www iac honeywell com United States Iconics Inc Tel 1 508 543 8600 GENISIS 32 HMI SCADA Modbus Plus 100 Foxborough Boulevard Fax 1 508 543 1503 Foxborough MA 02035 URL www iconics com United States Indramat Tel 49 0 93 5240 0 MTC 200 CNC Motion axis control Fipway Dr Nebel strasse 2 Fax 49
227. on by 10baseT 100baseT X interface Characteristics continued References page 48190 7 Characteristics of TF switches Mechanical characteristics Models 499 NES 071 00 499 NOS 071 00 Operating temperature c 0 to 50 Relative humidity 10 90 without condensation Dimensions L x H x D mm 105 x 130 x 105 Degree of protection IP 20 Approvals and conformity UL CE CUL 1950 FCC part B CSA 22 2 142 CSA 22 2 213M class 1 Div 2 certification pending Electrical characteristics Models 499 NES 071 00 499 NOS 071 00 Types Ethernet 10 Mbps and Ethernet 100 Mbps Interfaces 5 10baseT 100baseTX ports with shielded 5 10baseT 100baseTX ports with shielded RJ45 connectors RJ45 connectors 2 100baseTX ports with RJ45 connectors 2 100baseFX ports with SC connectors Medium Twisted pair cables Twisted pair cables or redundant fibre optic ring Connectors 1 x 5 way Operating voltage V 18 32 safety low voltage Redundancy Power supply Ring structure and or twisted pair Switching time lt 0 3 s Redundancy manager Consumption at 24 V mA 800 max Line length m 100 max with twisted pairs Fibre optic 3100 max Twisted pairs 100 max Number of TF switches in cascade 50 max in a ring 4 max at 10 Mbps 50 max at 100 Mbps Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max
228. onformity with IEC 1131 2 Mes 43542 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43542 3 Connections dimensions page 43542 5 TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module References TSX CCY 1128 TSX TAP S15ee mcrae TSX CDP e03 i TSX CCP S15 eee Electronic cam module TSX CDP e01 Type of input Characteristics No of Reference Weight axes 1 kg Incremental encoder 500 kHz 1 TSX CCY 1128 0 480 Supplied with 5 V or 10 30 V counting with RS 422 485 or 5 V w incremental Totem Pole 2 outputs encoder Absolute encoder Acquisition 200 kHz RS 485 serial or with serial parallel 3 absolute encoder Connection accessories Description For Type of Ref Unit Weight connection connectors on 4 reference of TSX CCY 1128 kg SUB D SSI 15 way 4 TSX CAP S15 0 050 connector absolute SUB D sold in lots of 2 incremental encoder Connection 5 VRS 422 15 way 6 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces RS 485 encoder SUB D for incremental encoder 10 30 V 15 way 6 TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 Totem Pole SUB D encoder Telefast 2 Auxiliary 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 connection inputs 1 per module sub base 5 24V encoder power supply Track outputs 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 1 for 2 groups Adapt
229. onnector ABE 7ACC8 14040 2 TSX TLY 43510 4 with industrial connector ABE 7ACC80 14040 2 SERCOS control modules 990 MCO 43555 5 servomotor control modules ABE 7CP 7H 43550 5 Fan modules TSX FAN 43510 4 TSX CAP 43550 5 Fibre optic cables 990 MCO 43555 5 TSX CCP CDP CXP Fipio Fipway fibre optic transceiver OZD FIP 43590 3 43550 6 G TSX TAP 43550 5 Graphic stations with keypad T XBT 36354 3 Uni Telway bus T FTX CB 43594 7 l TSX CSA SCA 43594 7 I O modules TSX P ACC 43594 6 discrete TSX DMY 43520 10 TSX PCU SCP C 43594 7 distributed analogue TBX AMS 42313 5 TSX SCP SCY 43594 6 dust and damp proof monobloc remote TSX EMF 42315 10 Connecting cable modular distributed TBX DMS 42311 10 InterBus S bus 990 NAA 43602 5 Input modules for Phytron power module TSX CXP 43551 5 analogue TSX AEY 43530 6 10026 2 Product index Description Reference Page Description Reference Page discrete TSX DEY 43520 9 PCMCIA memory cards for dust and damp proof monobloc remote TSX EEF 42315 10 operator dialogue terminals XBT MEM 36359 5 modular distributed TBX DES 42311 10 operator dialogue terminals with XBT F screen XBT MEM 36353 3 monobloc distributed TBX CEP 42311 10 and 36361 3 Momentum monobloc dist
230. optic cables on Fipio bus and Fipway network e Using TSX FP ACC 8M fibre optic electrical repeaters e Using OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transceivers Depending on requirements it is preferable to use e The OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transceiver if all devices on the network must be protected from electromagnetic interference 1 fibre optic transceiver for 16 stations maximum e The TSX FP ACC 8 repeater fibre optic link on one side electrical on the other where an installation zone without devices is subject to high levels of interference or to extend the network for example between 2 buildings See pages 43597 4 to 43597 7 e The OZD FIG G3 fibre optic transceiver to guarantee availability of the installation by using the redundant ring type topology Operation remains normal even in the event of disconnection at a point on the fibre optic medium Wiring system aal TSX Series 7 E 88388 8886 GH Dol 0 0 i H Premium Fibre optic 0 o Third party S i i 2 products Momentum FT 2100 TSX FPP OZD FIF G3 Hirschmann fibre optic transceiver 2 TSX FP CAe00 shielded twisted pair trunk cable 150 Q diameter 8 mm for standard environment and inside buildings 3 TSX FP CG 000 tap off connecting cable for TSX FPP 10 20 PCMC
231. or Ethernet TCP IP network TSX ETH ETY CCX 17 operator panels T CCX 43583 6 43667 7 43601 13 FT2100 terminal FT21 43586 5 Master for AS i bus TSX SAY 43611 3 IP 67 I O module XZ LG 170 XTS 42315 11 measurement and fast counter TSX CTY 43541 5 memory card handle TSX P 43511 9 Modem TSX MDM 43598 3 and 43513 5 Momentum installation remote bus 170 ENO 48243 5 memory extension cards TSX BAT 43511 9 Momentum communication module Momentum UO modules 170 XCP XTS 48237 8 Ethernet network 170 ENT 48249 3 and 48238 9 Fipio bus 170 FNT 48236 3 processors TSX P 43511 9 InterBus S bus 170 INT 43602 5 TBX analogue I O modules TSX AAK 42313 5 Modbus Plus network 170 PNT 48232 3 43599 5 Ribbon cables for AS i bus XZ CB 43611 3 170 NEF 48232 3 S Profibus DP bus 170 DTN 43607 3 Safety modules TSX PAY 43522 6 Momentum documentation 870 USE 48248 4 Separate parts Momentum dummy base unit 170 BDM 48237 8 48238 7 for CCX 17 industrial operator panels TSX FPP 43583 6 Momentum UO base unit TSX MFP MRP _43583 6 discrete 170 ADM ARM 48237 7 _ for discrete I O modules TSX BLY 43520 10 discrete and analogue 170 AAM ANR 48238 8 TSX CDP 43520 10 Momentum input base unit TBX modules TBX CBS GND 42311 11 analogue 170 AAI 48238 8 Set of impedance matching resistors TSX AAK 42313 5 discrete 170 ADI 48237 7 for TBX base units and 43530 7 Momentum input simulator 170 BSM 48237 8 Sheets of labels for operator dialogue terminal
232. or Producer consumer principle Management by automatically elected arbitrator Transmission Mode Physical layer in baseband on shielded twisted pair conforming to NF C 46 604 standard Data rate 1 Mbps Medium 150 Q shielded twisted pair 62 5 125 or 50 125 fibre optic cable using electrical fibre optic repeaters Configuration No of devices Per segment 32 connection points per segment 32 stations per segment Maximum 128 on all segments 64 stations Segments Number Unlimited Length 1000 m maximum for an electrical segment 3000 m for a fibre optic segment Services COM 1 Distributed database 128 words maximum 0 or 4 NWi words for Micro and Premium stations with addresses 0 to 31 Shared Table 1 Shared table of internal words 128 words maximum 1 to 32 MWi words per Micro and Premium station with addresses 0 to 31 2 VO Periodic and deterministic exchanges of variables with exchanges discrete UO of configured devices Uni TE Point to point requests with confirmation report 128 bytes maximum can be used by all devices connected to the same X Way architecture access by the Client device to the Server device system functions Application to Point to point messages 128 bytes maximum between 2 devices can be used by all Micro Premium TSX Series 7 PLC application devices Telegram Point to point priority messages 16 bytes maximum between 2 Premium 3 or
233. or Absolute 15 way ABE 7CPA11 0 300 sub base encoder with SUB D parallel outputs 16 to 24 bits DM 10 30 V Connection cables Description From To Ref Length Unit Weight 4 reference kg Cables with TSX CCY 1128 TSXTAPS15ee 5 0 5 m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 connectors module interface 15 way or ABE 7CPA11 im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 SUB D adaptor connector sub base 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 220 15 way SUB D connector Connection TSX CCY 1128 ABE 7H16R20 7 9 05 TSX CDP 053 0 085 cables module sub base 500 mA max 20 way 20 way 1 TSX CDP 103 0 150 insulated HE 10 HE 10 connector connector 2 TSX CDP 203 0 280 3 TSX CDP 303 0 410 5 TSX CDP 503 0 670 Preformed TSX CCY 1128 Auxiliary 8 3 TSX CDP 301 0 400 cables module inputs with flying leads 20 way power supply 5 TSX CDP 501 0 660 500 mA max insulated HE 10 signals connector free end Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French Totem Pole encoder with complementary Push Pull outputs Absolute encoders with parallel outputs with ABE 7CPA11 adaptor interface Diagram references see page 43542 5 43542 4 Premium automation platform TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module Connections Characteristics page 43542 3 References page 43542 4
234. or for connecting e Auxiliary inputs per axis homing cam emergency 4 stop limit switches and event external stop e Brake outputs 1 per axis 1 e External power supplies for sensors and preactuators 3 Rigid casing which e Holds the electronic card e Locates and locks the module in its slot TSX CFY 11 4 Module diagnostic lamps e Module diagnostics green RUN lamp module operating 2 red ERR lamp internal fault module failure red I O lamp external fault e Axis diagnostics TSX CFY 21 2 green CHe lamp axis diagnostics available GION its i 0E Ci Operation block diagram Operating characteristics are described on page 43551 4 Stepper control modules are set up using PL7 Junior Pro software see paqe 43553 2 Configuration Pulse Translator enable output parameters generator A B pulse outputs Reactivation of loss of step output Boost output Translator fault input Loss of step check input Auxiliary Cam input homing Processing UO and limit switch input processing Emergency stop input Event input External stop input Brake output 43551 2 Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Characteristics References page 43551 5 Electrical characteristics Type of module TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21 Modularity 1 axis 2 axes Maximum pulse frequency kHz 187 316 187 3
235. ork Each network station is allocated an exchange table comprising MW internal words The maximum characteristics of the exchange table are e 128 MW internal words for 32 PLCs sharing the Shared Table service on the network e Broadcast zone assigned to each PLC variable from 1 to 32 MW internal words the size of the broadcast zone assigned to PLC n should be the same length in all the PLCs on the network sharing this service Fipway Ethway L il il a Dr Micro 1 Micro 1 a i Premi Premi MW Shared Table 128 words maximum The exchange table in each PLC is updated automatically and independently of the program scan cycle The user program consists of simply assigning or reading MW words in the broadcast zone The user must take care when configuring and assigning broadcast zones not to create memory conflicts between or within PLCs COM service and Shared Table service These services are mutually exclusive and are recommended for the periodic broadcasting of status variables without loading the application program For transmission of events application to application communication with confirmation is more suitable Note The COM service or Shared Table service remains local to a Fipway network Each network has its own distributed database The Shared Table service is only available on Micro and Premium PLCs 1 Ethway not available on Micro and TSX 17 20 2
236. ormed by the PLC 1 The Modbus Plus module counts as one network connection but is not recognised as an X Way module It is therefore not capable of routing messages transparently to or from a Fipway Ethway or Ethernet TCP IP network 43301 7 Premium automation platform X Way communication Performance Selecting the communication architecture When selecting an architecture it is advisable to take performance into account at the earliest possible stage For this the designer must e Have a clear idea of his needs quantity and type of devices to be interconnected volume and type of exchanges expected response times environment e Compare his needs with the characteristics of the offers available and be aware that the precise performance level between any 2 points on an architecture is dependent on the weakest link in the chain which can be a function of the hardware but also a function of the applications size architecture OS machine power etc which are often poorly defined at this stage of the project e Select the most suitable architecture The objective of the following pages is to answer the second point by explaining the performance of the different components which constitute an X Way architecture concentrating on the following 2 aspects e Processing capacity in terms of volume see pages 43301 9 and 43301 10 e Application response time see page 43301 11 Introduction As
237. otion axis control Fipio 1 Rue Blaise Pascal Fax 33 0 1 69 79 80 01 F 91380 Chilly Mazarin URL www kuka com France Mac Valves Inc Tel 1 248 624 7700 Air Valve Interface Pneumatic UO interface Modbus Plus 30569 Beck Road Fax 1 248 624 0549 Wixom MI 48393 7011 URL www macvalves com United States MagneTek Inc Te 1 414 782 0200 GPD 515 Drive Modbus Plus 16555 W Ryerson Road Fax 1 414 782 1283 GPD333AC Drive Modbus Plus New Berlin WI 53151 URL www magnetek com United States Mauell Corporation Tel 1 717 432 8686 DI64 Plus 99 61 886 Electrical UO interface Modbus Plus 31 Old Cabin Hollow Road Fax 1 717 432 8688 DO128 Plus 99 61 P91N Electrical UO interface Modbus Plus Dillsburg PA 17019 8815 URL www mauell us com United States MDT Software Tel 1 678 297 1050 Mass Autosave Miscellaneous software Modbus 2520 NorthWinds Parkway Fax 1 678 297 1003 Modbus Plus Suite 100 URL www mdtsoft com Alpharetta GA678 297 1000 United States 43614 9 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Company Tel Fax URL Reference Category Technology Mettler Toledo Inc Tel 1 614 438 4511 Jaguar Weigh Scale Miscellaneous sensor Modbus Plus 350 West Wilson Bridge Road Fax 1 614 438 4770 Worthington OH 43085 URL www mt com United States Mitsubishi Electric Automation Inc Tel 1 847 478 20
238. ots of 2 Electrical repeater Increases the length of the network or TSX FP ACC 6 0 520 IP 65 bus by allowing the connection of 2 segments of up to 1000 m each Electrical fibre optic repeater Used to connect via patch panel TSX FP ACC 8M 0 620 IP 65 an electrical segment 1000 m max and a fibre optic segment 3000 m max FIP wiring test tool Used to test each TSX FP ACC 9 0 080 cable segment of the network 1 The characteristics and performances of the Fipio bus or Fipway network are dependent on the above TSX FP accessories being used 43597 6 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43597 2 Fipio bus and Fipway network References continued dimensions Fipway network Fipio bus connecting cables 1 Description Type Conditions of use Length Reference Weight kg Trunk 8 mm 1 shielded In normal environment 2 100 m TSX FP CA 100 5 680 cables twisted and inside building pair 150 Q 200 m TSX FP CA 200 10 920 500 m TSX FP CA 500 30 000 In harsh environment 3 100m TSX FP CR 100 7 680 outside building or in garland 3 200 m TSX FP CR 200 14 920 500 m TSX FP CR 500 40 000 9 5 mm 1 UO IP67 100 m TSX FP CP 100 7 680 shielded twisted pair 150 Q and 500 m TSX FP CP 500 30 000 1x 1 5 mm pair for remote supply Tap link 8 mm 2 shielded In normal environment 2 100 m TSX FP CC 100 5
239. p Maximum length of cable between Module and the 1st bus terminal module 400 m 2 bus term modules 400 m Bus terminal module and 1st module 50 m 2 modules 50 m Bus terminal module and 1st module 1 5 m 2 modules 1 5 m Bus terminal module and 1st interface 20 m 2 modules 10 m Module and last station on the remote bus 12 8 km The bus terminal module and last module 50 m Bus terminal module and last module 10 m Bus terminal module and last module 100 m modules 4 5 A max Number of tap links 16 max 1 loop per bus term module Number of bus 254 max terminal modules Number of slaves 512 max Total current of connected 8 63 Number of UO 3872 1 3872 Q max 4096 I O in total InterBus S services Implicit exchange of process data 242 IW and 242 QW Pre processing Logical addressing Segmentation Software configuration The InterBus S bus can be configured in 3 modes e Auto mode This mode does not require the use of any special configuration software I O images are copied to IW QW implicitly It facilitates the wiring check e Mode PL7 IBY mode This mode is used to define and load the configuration to the module explicit assignment of IW QW The CMD Tool software 1 is required in order to generate the configuration text file e CMD IBY mode Reserved for configurations gt 8 K words and re
240. page 10026 2 page R0028 3 pages 43605 2 and 43605 3 page X0010 2 page X0011 3 pages 43614 2 to 43614 11 pages A0000 2 to A0000 4 0214 3 Premium automation platform Documentation References PLC products are generally supplied with e A B7 format multilingual Quick Reference Guide 128 x 92 mm for TSX PLC bases and their modules A PL7 software installation and start up guide A5 format document 210 x 148 mm A multilingual online contextual help is integrated in PL7 software Paper versions of hardware and software installation manuals should be ordered separately Documentation on CD ROM English and French Description Composition Sold in Reference Weight lots of 1 kg TSX technical Includes all 1 TSX CD D MTE 11E 0 080 documentation documentation for TSX PLCs 25 TSX CD D MTE 2511E 2 000 TSX TXT TLX PCX software networks buses and TSX CCX terminals A5 bound documentation manuals English PLCs Description Included Reference Weight with product 1 kg Micro PLC hardware To be ordered separately TSX DM 37 33E 0 660 installation bases discrete UO modules application specific modules Telefast 2 process power supplies and AS i bus Premium PLC hardware To be ordered separately TSX DM 57 40E 0 740 installation bases dis
241. platform CANopen bus Characteristics references Bus characteristics supported by the TSX CPP 100 module Type of bus CANopen Structure Type Industrial bus Physical interface ISO 11898 Access method CSMA CA multimaster producer consumer principle Transmission Data rate 10 Kbps to 1 Mbps Medium Double shielded twisted pair Physical Length of a 1 Mbps 800 Kbps 500 Kbps 250 Kbps 125 Kbps 62 5 Kbps 20 Kbps 10 Kbps configuration segment according to data rate 1 30m 50m 100 m 250 m 500 m 1000 m 2500 m 5000 m Number of slaves 127 max Software configuration Maximum number of internal words supported as I O according to whether module configured as Master task TSX P57 203M T PCX 57 203M TSX P57 3e3M T PCX 353M TSX P57 453M 256 MW words 512 MW words 1792 MW words Fast task 32 MW words 64 MW words 128 MW words Size of file generated by the TLX L FBC M configurator 8 KW constant words 16 KW constant words 32 KW constant words Services CANopen e Implicit exchange of Process Data Object via MW words e Explicit exchange of Service Data Object by READ_VAR WRITE_VAR function block e Compatibility with standardised device and communication profiles on CANopen CAN e Explicit exchange of CAN PDU at link level using extended format identifiers on
242. plicable 2 350 messages per second if using I O Scanning function 3 messages second number of messages transmitted and received per second 4 messages cycle number of messages transmitted and number of messages received per cycle from the PLC master task typical cycle from 50 to 100 ms Step 4 network load Compare the network load for each of the networks which make up the architecture values Cru Chal with the values in the table below Where this is not possible it is necessary to modify the architecture or even the application and to repeat the exercise until it conforms with the limits defined in the tables for steps 2 to 4 Uni TE service and Ethernet Fipway Fipio Uni Telway application to application TCP IP Modbus Serial link Total messages ME Does not constitute a limiting factor messages second number of messages transmitted and received per second COM service and Telegram service The system resources PLC processors modules and networks are sufficient to perform the following exchanges e Common words and updating transmission and reception at each PLC scan provided that the total capacity of the network module is not exceeded Fipway not limited e Telegram transmission of one telegram and or reception of one telegram per PLC scan and per module function available only on Fipway card on processor 43301 10 Premium automation platform X Way communication
243. polation of cutoff point setting local discrete outputs to the nearest millisecond Assisted calibration the module calculates the zero and the gradient Saving of calibration parameters to the module EEPROM and in the Premium processor Forced calibration rapid replacement of a faulty module and restart with the calibration parameters of the previous module Locking of the configuration sealing of the module and its links to the load cells and display unit Continuous formatting and transmission of measurements to the PLC Transmission of measurement validity data validity stability net gross etc Transmission of diagnostic data on the module and its connections Configuration calibration and debugging via PL7 screens Most of the operating parameters can be modified and most of the functions can be executed via the PLC program Installing the weighing module The PL7 software is used for the complete installation of the weighing system configuration calibration and debugging Configuration covering Metrological data on the weigher Filtering of measurements Flow rate calculation mode Tare Data format Stability criteria and zero management mode Checking of thresholds for positioning the discrete outputs Calibrating the weigher The module itself calculates the gain and the offset to be applied to the measurement electronics Calibration is performed in two stages e Measurement of the zero load e Measurement of
244. presentation of the architecture displays the defective devices in red 2 More detailed diagnostics can be accessed by double clicking 3 In addition special screens display an overview of all the faults appearing on the bus or on any device On request these faults can be recorded for later analysis 43589 3 Premium automation platform References page 43589 5 Fipio bus manager function Maximum configuration Maximum configuration The Fipio bus enables a maximum of 128 devices to be connected This limit can in certain cases be restricted depending on the type of bus manager processor and on the devices which are connected on the bus The maximum number of devices which can be connected depends on e The maximum size of memory space available for Fipio data which is 95744 bytes for TSX P57 153 253 353 processors and the T PCX 57 353 coprocessor and 214528 bytes for the TSX P 57 453 processors e The total number of bytes consumed by each device see table below Product family References Base Extension Maximum number of connection size size points bytes bytes TSX P57 153M_ 253 353M 453M Max number 1 63 of Fipio devices ATV 16 58 66 All 1952 48 48 Ev CCX 17
245. presented as symbols by the user in G code for example 09 can be represented by G09 The instruction codes are preceded by another code indicating the type of target position e 90 if the target position is absolute 91 if the target position is relative to the current position 98 if the target position is relative to a memorized position index 60 if the target position is absolute and movement direction is fixed TSX CAY 22 42 33 only 68 if the target position is relative to a memorized position and movement direction is fixed TSX CAY 22 42 33 only Programming a path A complete path can be programmed by means of a series of SMOVE or XMOVE elementary motion control functions Grafcet language is ideal for this type of programming An elementary movement is associated with each step pore Eero SMOVE CH102 0 1 90 01 X1 F1 SMOVE CH102 0 2 90 09 X2 F2 SMOVE CH102 0 3 90 09 0 F1 X2 Position H aH 8 4 0 4 N jH Xe coordinate of target position Fe movement speed of moving part 43553 2 Premium automation platform Motion control modules TSX CAY CFY module software setup continued When setting up application specific functions screens specific to axis control and stepper control functions can be accessed via PL7 Junior Pro softw
246. put words d S228 Device Op a ene SE output words Momentum Premium ATV 58 TXBT F TSX ETY 410 5101 modules can be used to exchange distributed I O on the Ethernet network after a simple configuration operation with no need for special programming The I O are scanned transparently by means of read write requests according to the Modbus Master Slave protocol on the TCP IP profile This principle of scanning via a standard protocol enables communication with any device which supports a Modbus server on TCP IP This service can be used to define e An MW word zone reserved for reading inputs e An MW word zone reserved for writing outputs e Refresh periods independent of the PLC scan During operation the module e Manages the TCP IP connections with each of the distributed devices e Scans the devices and copies the I O into the configured MW word zone e Feeds back status words so that correct operation of the service can be monitored from the PLC application e Applies the preconfigured fallback values in the event of a communication problem Within the framework of the Schneider Alliances partnership program see pages 43601 9 Schneider Electric has developed an offer of hardware and software products which enable the I O Scanning protocol to be implemented on any type of product which can be connected to the Ethernet network please consult your Regional Sales Office UO Scanning service configuration The I O Scanning
247. quires the use of the CMD Tool software PMS message handling usable on PCP devices is managed via standard OFs Read var Write var etc The catalogue file which enables Schneider Electric devices to be integrated in the CMD Tool software is available on our Web site e Address www schneiderautomation com e File for downloading Schneider device catalog for CMD G4 1 Contact your Phoenix Contact vendor 43602 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43602 4 InterBus S bus References References TSX IBY 100 TSX IBX 100 170 INT 110 00 Interbus S bus modules Description No of modules Communication Services Reference Weight per PLC PC profile 1 kg InterBus S 0 on TSX 57 10 Master Slave cyclical variable TSX IBY 100 0 320 module 1 on TSX PCX 57 20 0 5 M bps exchanges for Premium 2 on TSX PCX 57 30 PMS messaging PLC 2 on TSX 57 40 bus operating modes managemt InterBus S 0 on TSX 57 10 Master Slave cyclical variable TSX IBX 100 0 280 coprocessor 1 on TSX PCX 0 5 Mbps exchanges for PCX 2 on TSX PCX PMS messaging coprocessor 2 on TSX 57 40 bus operating modes managemt Converter software Description Use Reference Weight kg Symbol Used to convert CMD symbols TLX LIBS C
248. rated link TSX FPP 10 43593 3 43589 5 Uni TE message handling 128 bytes Client Server Application to application 128 bytes Transparency for any device in an X Way architecture via a master All types of Premium processor Standard format module Integrated Uni Telway link Integrated link AUX terminal port TSX SCY 21601 43594 6 43591 3 1 InterBus S bus see page 43602 5 Profibus DP bus see page 43607 3 AN open bus see page 43615 3 o E N J O A character mode Modbus Jbus Uni Telway ASCII AS i RS 232 D Isolated RS 485 20 mA CL RTC link AS i standard Master Slave Master Slave Master Slave 0 3 19 2 Kbps V 32 9 6 Kbps 167 Kbps Double shielded twisted pair Telephone line 2 wire AS i cable Point to point 28 16 Point to point 31 sensor actuator or via Modem devices 15m 1000 m 1300 m Unlimited 100 m 200 m with repeater table 1 max 8 max Uni Telway Transparent exchanges Uni TE message handling 240 bytes Client Server with sensor actuator Application to application 240 bytes devices Transparency for any device in an X Way architecture via a master Modbus Jbus z Master Slave RTU or ASCII 13 Modbus functions Type III PCMCIA card Type III PCMCIA card Standard format module Slot on processor and or on TSX SCY 21601 module on processor TSX SCP 111 TSX SCP 114 TSX SCP 112 TSX MDM 10 43594 6 and 43595 4 43598 3 43611 3 0477Q 5
249. rated memory when the processor is fitted with a PCMCIA memory card 43620 9 Premium automation platform Counter and electronic cam modules Selection guide gt 4 d 2 channels 4 channels 40 kHz 40 kHz 5 ms 10 ms Up to 40 kHz proximity sensor type 2 mechanical contacts Up to 40 kHz 10 30 V 5 V RS 422 with zero marker Per channel 3 inputs 24 V enable preset and read 1 input 24 V line check incremental encoder power supply 2 reflex outputs 24 V 24 bits sign 0 to 16 777 215 points or 16 777 215 points Downcounting with preset input upcounting with reset to zero input Up down counting with preset input configurable upcounter input 1 upcounter input 1 downcounter input 1 up down counter input and 1 direction input Incremental encoder with phase shifted signals Inputs Counter enable counter preset read current value Comparison Downcounting to value 0 Upcounting 2 thresholds and 1 setpoint Up down counting 2 thresholds and 2 setpoints Reflex outputs Downcounting function 1 passage through zero output Upcounting function 1 passage through setpoint value output Up down counting function 2 user definable outputs User definable activation of the event triggered task threshold crossing setpoint crossing preset or reset enable capture 15 way SUB D connectors 1 per counter channel
250. re enable the configuration of control loops Configuration of control channels By simply selecting from the menus the Loops interface on PMX process control processors enables the following to be configured e The type of loop out of the 5 existing ones e The choice of functions used in the 5 processing branches e Parameters linked to each function e Assignment of PLC variables to different loop branches memory words input words or output words depending on the processing branch e Automatic presymbolization of variables used in the loops Configuration of process single autoselective and cascaded loops proposes parameter entry by default The various functions integrated in the algorithms square root function generator etc and the initial value of each parameter are predefined Example configuration of a process loop Once the type of loop has been chosen parameter entry is performed by selecting or deselecting options in the processing branches No programming is therefore necessary loop diagrams are enhanced or simplified as parameters are validated The screen opposite shows how selecting the PID controller can display the various parameters valid for this type of controller KP TI TD etc segment Once the type of segment has been chosen ramp or dwell time configuration consists of defining the setpoint to be reached for the ramp and duration for the ramp or dwell time Whi
251. recherche Scientifique Gost Standardt GL LR Lloyd s Register United Kingdom RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy RRS Register of Shipping C L S The table below shows the situation as of the 01 06 2000 for certifications obtained or pending from organizations for base PLCs Further information regarding certified modules can be obtained from your Regional Sales Office Normal execution EE Certified Hy Pending certification Certifications Marine classification authorities C Tick H A CSA ACA UL BV DNV GL GOST LR RINA RRS Canada Australia USA France Norway Germany CIS Great Italy CIS Britain ABE 7 CCX 17 FT2100 Lexium MHD servodrives Lexium BPH motors Micro Momentum Nano Premium Quantum TBX TSX PMX 47 to 107 TSX PRG LDR TXBT F XBT F FC XBT H P E HM PM X0010 2 Premium automation platform Community regulations and protective treatment Community regulations European Directives The opening of European markets implies a harmonization of regulations in the various European Union member states European Directives are documents used to remove obstacles to the free movement of goods and their application is compulsory in all states of the European Union Member states are obliged to transcribe each Directive into their national legislation and at t
252. ributed 170 EDI 48243 5 T XBT F graphic stations T FTX RAM 36354 3 Installation remote bus cables for Momentum PL7 Junior PL7 Micro PL7 Pro modules TSX IBI 48243 5 development software packages TLX 43100 17 InterBus S bus module TSX IBY 43602 5 Power supply modules AS i bus TSX SUP 4361 2 3 Kit for fixing on solid plate ABE 7ACC 14040 2 Premium TSX PSY 43512 5 process TSX SUP 43560 3 Line terminators Power supply units for distributed UO modules _TBX SUP 42311 11 Bus X TSX TLY 43510 4 43514 3 Process power supply unit TBX SUP 43560 3 Fipio bus type M23 TSX EF 42315 10 Processors TSX P57 43511 8 Fipio Fipway TSX FP 43597 6 Processors with Fipio integrated link TSX P57 43589 5 Modbus Jbus Jnet bus TSX SCA 43595 4 Profibus DP bus module assembly TSX PBY 43607 3 Modbus Plus network AS MBKT 43599 5 990 NAD 43599 5 Racks extendable TSX RKY 43510 4 170 XTS 43599 5 Racks non extendable TSX RKY 43510 4 M RAM memory extension for graphic stations Memory extension cards for with keypad T FTX RAM 36354 3 coprocessors TSX MFP 43513 5 Redundancy Warm Standby TLX CD 43566 6 processors TSX MFP MRP 43511 9 Relays Modules plug in solid state input ABS 7E 14025 5 analogue output TSX ASY 43530 6 plug in solid state output ABS 7S 14025 5 Bus X remote system TSX REY 43514 3 plug in electromechanical ABR 7S 14025 5 counter TSX CTY 43540 5 Removable continuity block ABE 7ACC2 14040 2 electronic cam TSX CCY 43542 4 Replacement parts f
253. ristics and performance see page 43620 9 Functions Control loops Premium processors can be used to set up 10 to 20 control channels each one adopting one of the following 5 loop profiles Process loop loop with a single controller Controller with 3 simple loops controller which can increase the capacity of the number of loops Autoselective loop also known as secondary comprises 2 loops in parallel with an output selection algorithm Cascaded loop comprises 2 dependent loops the master loop output is the slave loop setpoint Setpoint programmer comprises a maximum of 6 compound profiles with a total of 48 segments Since the channels are independent configuration of 10 channels can be used to obtain e 30 simple loops e 5 setpoint programmers each one associated with 5 control loops e 2 setpoint programmers and 8 process loops The various loops are characterised by e Their different algorithms e 5 processing branches process value setpoint Feed Forward loop controller and output processing e Calculation functions gain filtering square root etc defined using parameters Types of control loop Predefined algorithms whose parameters can be defined by the user are shown below Process loop Simple loop 43620 3 Premium automation platform References pages 43511 8 and 43513 5 Characteristics page 43620 9 Process control Functions continued Processing branch
254. rted by the module Type of bus Profibus DP Structure Type Industrial bus Physical interface RS 485 Method of access Master Slave Transmission Mode NRZ Medium Shielded twisted pair fibre optic infra red Physical Data rate configuration segment length 9 6 Kbps 1200 m 4800 m with 3 repeaters to 12 Mbps 100 m 400 m with 3 repeaters Number of slaves 126 Number of I O 3872 inputs 3872 outputs 242 IW words 242 QW words Services Subset of Read write DP slave I O data Class 1 Master Transfer slave diagnostic data functions Set slave parameters on power up Check slave configurations on power up Subset of Manage monitoring requests Global CONTROL and Get_Master_Diag Class 2 Master Master Master dialogue is not supported functions References TSX PBY 100 490 NAD 911 03 Description Communication Services Reference Weight profile kg Profibus DP Master Slave Class 1 and Class 2 Master TSX PBY 100 0 870 bus module 12 Mbps functions see characteristics assembly Profibus FMS message handling for Premium not supported TSX PCX PLCs Profibus DP Generates an ASCII configuration TLX L FBC M module file for the module to be imported configuration into the PL7 application software Elements for connection to Profibus DP bus D
255. ry or by using a press For load cells accessories enclo sures cables simulators etc and weighing platform please consult our specialist catalogue 43552 2 Premium automation platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system Application solutions Characteristics page 43552 6 References page 43552 7 Solutions for 99 recipes 3 5 Batching at 2 flow rates installing automatic Assignment of silos products weighing applications Tolerance checking Automatic correction of in flight error Programmable order of product batching Various weighing modes batching in percentages Please Si Rs Printing of results our specialist Catalogue Management of totals by product and by recipe a a vE Ver 99 recipes Automatic correction of the dose values Alternating adjustment and production cycles Automatic correction of in flight error at end of adjustment cycle Optimization of the production rate at each cycle Adaptable reset frequency Calculation of the average value and typical deviation at the end of the adjustment cycle Printing of results during adjustment cycles 99 recipes Sorting in relation to a setpoint and 2 tolerance values Insertion of the sorting setpoint by scaling or on the basis of results Calculation of the average value and typical deviation of a batch Calculation of the number per category Classification according to the weight deviation in relation to the s
256. s TSX CCP 43615 3 serial link TSX SCP 43596 3 Modbus Plus network 990 NAD 48232 3 36360 3 Uni Telway bus TSX SCP 43594 6 and 43599 5 10026 3 Product index Description Reference Page Tap link cables for Modbus Plus network TSX MBP CE 36360 3 and 43589 5 TBX communication module TBX LEP 42311 11 and 42313 5 Terminal block additional snap on ABE 7BV 43540 5 for Momentum connection 170 XTS 48237 8 48238 9 for TBX connection TBX BLP 42311 11 Terminals with 2 lines of 20 characters XBT P 36336 3 with 2 4 lines of 40 characters XBT E 36337 3 with touch sensitive graphic screen XBT FC 36361 3 with touch sensitive graphic screen and keys _XBT F 36353 3 User s manual for terminals XBT H P E HM 6332 3 and XBT X 36336 3 36337 3 and 36351 3 WwW Warm Standby TLX CD 43566 6 Weighing modules TSX ISP 43552 7 10026 4 Product reference index Reference Description Page Reference Description Page 043 509 Accessory for Modbus Plus network 43599 5 ABE 7H08R 8 channel passive connection sub bases 170 AAI Momentum analogue input base units 48238 8 for discrete signals 14025 3 170 AMM Momentum discrete and analogue UO ABE 7H12R 12
257. s Tel 1 831 438 7000 CMg900 Communication hardware Compact 3 Victor Square Fax 1 831 438 5768 CM1000 Communication hardware 800 Scotts Valley CA 95066 URL www ems rfid com CM41 CM42 Communication hardware Modbus Plus United States Etic Tel 33 0 4 76 04 20 00 FT300 concentrator Communication hardware Uni Telway 13 Chemin du Vieux Ch ne Fax 33 0 4 76 04 20 01 Modem Communication hardware Modbus Plus Uni Telway ZIRST 4201 URL www etictelecom com 38942 Meylan Cedex France ExperTune Inc Tel 1 414 628 0088 PID analyser tuner Communication software Modbus 4734 Sonseeahray Drive Fax 1 414 628 0087 Hubertus WI 53033 URL www expertune com United States Festo Tel 33 0 1 49 35 23 23 type 02 03 and 04B ISO Pneumatic UO interface Fipio 5 Rue Montgolfier Fax 33 0 1 49 35 23 33 type 10 CPV and 12 CPA Pneumatic I O interface Fipio F 93116 Rosny sous Bois URL www festo com France Fiber Options Inc Tel 1 516 567 8320 2291M Communication hardware Modbus Plus 80 Orville Drive Suite 102 Fax 1 516 567 8322 2281M Communication hardware Autres Bohemia NY 11716 URL www fiberoptions com United States Fisher Rosemount Tel 33 0 1 49 79 73 00 MG HRT WF 002 FR Hart Fipio Communication hardware Fipio 1 Rue Traversi re Silic 125 Fax 33 0 1 49 79 73 99 gateway F 94523 Rungis Cedex URL www frco com France FORTH Inc Tel 1 310 372 8493 Express Miscellaneous software Modbus Plus 111 N Sepulveda Blvd Fax 1 310 318 7130 Suite 300 URL
258. s XBL Y 36359 5 Momentum output base unit Software analogue 170 AAO 48238 8 application development for CCX 17 discrete 170 ADO 48237 7 industrial operator terminals TMX LP 43583 7 Motion contro modules configuration for CANopen module TLX L 43615 3 for servomotors TSX CAY 43550 5 configuration for Profibus DP module TLX L 43607 3 for stepper motor TSX CFY 43551 5 for customer label marking ABE 7LOGV 14040 2 SERCOS TSX CSY 43555 5 for operator dialogue terminals XBT L 36359 5 InterBus S symbol converter TLXL 43602 5 Output modules OFS data server TLX CD 43105 3 discrete TSX DSY 43520 9 PL7 DIF application comparison TLX CD 43107 3 dust and damp proof monobloc remote TSX ESF 42315 10 PL7 SMC application converter TLX LC 43103 3 Momentum dust and damp proof distributed 170 EDO 48243 5 Software extensions modular distributed TBX DSS 42311 10 PL7 DIF TLX CD 43107 3 monobloc distributed TBX CSP 42311 10 PL7 SDKC TLXL 43101 3 PL7 SMC TLX L 43103 3 PC drivers TLX CD 43601 13 Sub bases 43592 3 43594 6 I O simulator ABE 7TES 43520 10 PCMCIA card for and 14040 2 CANopen bus TSX CPP 43615 3 redundant I O ABE 7ACC1 14040 2 Fipio bus Agent function TSX FPP 43593 3 splitter ABE 7ACC02 14040 2 Fipway network TSX FPP 43592 3 Telefast for safety modules ABE 7CPA 43522 6 Jnet network TSX JNP 43603 3 Modbus Jbus bus TSX SCP 43595 4 Tap junction for Modbus Plus network TSX MBP 43599 5 CANopen bu
259. s a bilingual Quick Reference Guide as standard English and French 2 The weighing module counts as 2 application specific channels Dimensions TSX XBT H100 display unit Flush mounting fixed using 4 or 6 bolts supplied pressure mounted on panel 1 to 6 mm thick 12 35 183 8 6 2 186 8 0 5 89 6 _ 102 S 6 2 EA Mi 43552 7 Premium automation platform References page 43560 3 Dimensions page 43560 3 Process power supply units and modules Description specifications TBX SUP 10 and TSX SUP 1 1 power supply units and modules are designed to provide 24 V power to control system peripherals sensors preactuators encoders MMI terminals regulators indicator lamps pushbuttons pneumatic cylinders mini PLC extension rack etc These supplies are connected to a 100 240 V 50 60 400Hz a c supply or 125 V d c supply see characteristics below The power supply provided ranges from 24 W 24 V 1 A to 240 W 24 V 10 A The TSX SUP jeei power supply outputs are safety extra low voltage SELV and can be wired in parallel with a device for optimising the power TSX SUP 1011 1021 models can operate in redundant mode thus ensuring greater availability of safety control systems These power supplies conform to PLC standards IEC 1131 2 for immunity and resistance to interference and EN 50081 2 for radiated interference TSX SUP 1011 1021 1051 process po
260. s to be entered according to the type of Premium PLC configuration Reference Format Consumption in mA 1 S standard Voltage 5V Voltage 24 VR Voltage 24 V D double Module Total__ Processor with memory extension card TSX P57 103M S 440 TSX P57 153M S 530 TSX P57 203M D 750 TSX P57 253M D 820 TSX P57 303M D 1000 TSX P57 353M D 1060 TSX P57 453M D 1080 Discrete UO TSX DEY 08D2 S 55 s LU TSX DEY 16A2 S 80 TSX DEY 16A3 S 80 TSX DEY 16A4 S 80 TSX DEY 16A5 S 80 TSX DEY 16D2 S 80 135 TSX DEY 16D3 S 80 135 TSX DEY 16FK S 250 75 TSX DEY 32D2K S 135 160 TSX DEY 32D3K S 140 275 TSX DEY 64D2K S 155 315 TSX DSY 08R4D S 55 80 TSX DSY 08R5 S 55 70 TSX DSY 08R5A S 55 80 TSX DSY 08S5 S 125 TSX DSY 08T2 S 55 TSY DSY 08T22 S 55 TSX DSY 08T31 S 55 TSX DSY 16R5 S 80 35 __ TSX DSY 1684 S 220 TSX DSY 16S5 S 220 TSX DSY 16T2 S 80 TSX DSY 16T3 S 80 TSX DSY 32T2K S 140 TSX DSY 64T2K S 155 TSX DMY 28FK__ S 300 75 TSX DMY 28RFK_S 300 75 Bus X remote system TSX REY 200 S TT 50 EH Analogue UO TSX AEY 414 S 660 TSX AEY 420 S 500 TSX AEY 800 S 270 TSX AEY 810 S 475 TSX AEY 1600 S 270 TSX AEY 1614 S 300 TSX ASY 410 S 990 TSX ASY 800 2 S 200 30 Tt Safety TSX PAY 282 S 150 200 Counting motion control TSX CTY 2A S 280 30 weighing TSX CTY 4A S 330 36 TSX CTY 2C S 850 15 TSX CCY 1128 S 660 15 TSX CAY 21 S 1100 15 TSX CAY 41 D 1500 30 TSX CAY 22 S 1100 15 TSX CAY 42 D 1500 30 TSX CAY 33 D 1500 30 TSX CFY 11 S 510 50 TSX CFY
261. sion 11 bits sign 13 bits sign voltage 13 bits current Conversion time ms 2 5 5 Maximum resolution Voltage output 5 12 mV 5 current output 10 25 u A 6 Voltage output 1 28 mV current output 2 56 u A Output load Voltage output impedance gt 1 kQ load lt 0 1 uF current output impedance lt 600 Q load lt 300 u H Measurement error as a of FS Voltage output FS 10 V FS 0 45 to 25 C 0 75 from 0 to 60 C 0 14 to 25 C 0 28 from 0 to 60 C Current output FS 20 mA FS 0 52 to 25 C 0 98 from 0 to 60 C 0 21 to 25 C 0 52 from 0 to 60 C Isolation between channels and bus V rms 1500 1000 Isolation between channels and earth 500 V 1000 V rms Isolation between channels V rms 1500 Common point Type of protection Short circuits and overload Max voltage without damage V 30 Standards IEC 1131 Consumption A See page 43605 2 FS error as a of full scale IC with internal cold junction compensation EC with external cold junction compensation with class A Pt 100 probe on channel 0 Max errors regardless of type of internal or external cold junction compensation via Telefast sub base or with class A Pt 100 probe 5 Value given for TSX ASY 410 software version II gt 10 for TSX ASY 410 software version II lt 10 This value is 4 88 mV 6 Value given for TSX ASY 410 software version Il gt 10 for TSX ASY 410
262. ss Country Address Algeria E Schneider Electric Tel 213 269 80 03 08 Finland E Schneider Electric Oy Tel 358 9 527 000 Bureau de Liaison Alg rie Fax 213 269 80 02 Sinikalliontie 16 Fax 358 9 5270 0376 04 rue du Berry El Mouradia 02630 Espoo www schneider electric fi 16070 Algiers France E Schneider Electric SA Tel 33 0 1 41 29 82 00 Argentina E Schneider Argentina Tel 54 17 16 88 88 5 rue Nadar Fax 33 0 1 47 51 80 20 Viamonte 2850 Fax 54 17 16 88 77 92500 Rueil Malmaison www schneider electric fr 1678 Caseros provincia Buenos Aires www schneider electric com ar Germany E Schneider Electric GmbH Tel 49 2102 4040 Australia E Schneider Electric Australia Pty Ltd Tel 61 298 51 28 00 Gothaer StraBe 29 Fax 49 2102 4049256 2 Solent circuit Fax 61 296 29 83 40 D 40880 Ratingen www schneider electric de Norwest Business Park www schneider com au Greece E Schneider Electric AE Tel 30 16 29 52 00 NSW 2153 Baulkham Hill 14th km RN Athens Lamia Fax 30 16 29 52 10 Austria E Schneider Austria Ges m b H Tel 43 1 610 540 GR 14564 Kifissia www schneider electric com gr Birostrasse 11 Fax 43 1 610 54 65 Guadeloupe E Schneider Electric Tel 05 96 51 06 00 1239 Wien www schneider electric at Immeuble Cottrell Fax 05 96 51 11 26 Bahrain E Schneider Electric Tel 973 227 897 ZI de la L zarde Floor 1 Juma Building Fax 973 218 313 97232 Le Lamentin aie lorala evens Hong Kong E Schneider Electric Hong Kong
263. ssible differential voltage V lt 12 Voltage Nominal Vv El Limit Vv 19 30 up to 34 V possible limit 1 hr per 24 hr period Current Nominal mA 500 Leakage mA lt 0 3 Max mA 625 for U 30 or 34 V Maximum voltage drop when ON Vv Sail Switching time us lt 250 Compatibility with d c inputs All positive logic inputs with input resistance lt 15 kQ IEC 1131 2 conformity Yes Protection against overloads and short circuits Via current limiter and thermal tripping reactivated via program or automatically Short circuit check on each channel One signalling bit per channel Protection against channel overvoltages Zener diode between outputs and 24 V Protection against polarity inversions By diode reverse mounted on supply 43551 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43551 3 References page 43551 5 TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Characteristics continued connections Operating characteristics Control Pulse frequency from 0 to 187 kHz and outputs or outputs and direction Paths Trapezoid speed profile with minimum movement frequency Operating modes OFF Module inactive DIR DRIVE Module operating as pulse generator MAN Motion controlled by operator visual control of movement incremental movement AUTO Movement sequence controlled by PLC program
264. stics page 43591 2 Communication module Description references KN TSX SCY 21601 Description The front panel of the TSX SCY 21601 communication module has 3 1 A 25 way SUB D connector for connecting the isolated 4 RS 485 integrated channel 2 A slot for a PCMCIA type IIl communication card which can take a TSX SCP 111 112 114 multiprotocol card a TSX JNP 112 114 Jnet card 2 a TSX FPP 20 Fipway card 3 A display panel consisting of 3 LEDs RUN lamp module operating ERR lamp module fault CHO lamp integrated channel transmitting or receiving data lamp refers to the PCMCIA card channel opposite indicated by the COM lamp References Communication module Description Integrated link Slot Reference Weight Protocol Physical PCMCIA type III 1 layer kg Communication Uni Telway RS4852 wire TSX SCP 11 e TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module Modbus Jbus_ isolated 20 mA CL and RS 485 232D 2 Char mode half duplex serial link 3 TSX JNP 114 112 20 mA CL and RS 485 Jnet network TSX FPP 20 Fipway network Connecting cables for integrated channel Description Device to Physical Protocol Length Reference Weight be connected link kg Cables for TSX SCA 50 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 integrated passive 2 wire link junction box isolated 1 2 Modbus Jbus 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 180
265. synchronous serial link connection accessories Description Use Reference Weight kg Terminal port Isolation of RS 485 signals end of line adaptation TSX P ACC 01 0 690 connection box supplied with cable for connection to PLC length 1 m Connecting cables for asynchronous serial links Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Cables for TSX SCP 114 RS 485 RS 422 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 isolated RS 485 card device 2 connection Integrated channel RS 485 RS 422 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 channel 0 module device 3 TSX SCY 21601 via TSX SCA 50 box Cable for Micro Premium RS 232 D port 3m TSX PCD 1030 0 170 non isolated port TER or AUX of a terminal RS 485 connection or TSX P ACCO1 device DTE box 3 Cables for TSX SCP 111 card Communication 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 RS 232 D device Modem connection converter etc DCE 3 Point to point 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 terminal device DTE 3 10m TSX SCP CD 1100 0 620 Cable for TSX SCP 112 card Current loop 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 20 mA CL device connection 2 Other Please consult our specialist catalogue connecting cables 1 Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 End of cable fitted with flying leads 3 End of cable fitted with a 25 way male SUB D connector 43596 3 Premium automation platform Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports References
266. tal encoder 5 V RS 422 RS 485 or Totem pole SSI serial absolute encoder 12 to 25 bits SSI serial absolute encoder 16 to 25 bits 10 30 V Parallel output absolute encoder 12 to 24 bits Parallel output absolute encoder 16 to 24 bits conversion sub base ABE 7CPA11 5 10 30 V with Telefast 2 conversion sub base ABE 7CPA11 Per axis 1 analog output 10 V 13 bits sign servodrive setpoint Per axis 4 discrete I O 24 V homing cam event recalibration emergency stop 1 input 1 output for servodrive control 1 reflex output 24 V Servo Control on individual linear axis Servo Control on individual infinite axis Follower axes dynamic ratio Realtime correction of servodrive offset Positioning of a moving part on an axis according to motion control functions supplied by the PLC processor Axis parameter setting adjustment and debugging using PL7 Junior Pro software User definable activation of the event triggered task 9 and 15 way SUB D connectors for encoder input direct or via TSX TAP S15ee accessory speed reference HE 10 connector for auxiliary inputs Telefast 2 system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7CPA11 Specific accessories TSX TAP MAS TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 42 43550 5 43550 5 43550 5 43550 5 0453Q 2 3 axes 8 axes 1 axis 2 axes absolute encoder or Totem pole 5 10 30 V with Telefast 2 Servo Control on in
267. te asynchronous mode Common words Shared database of 256 words Application to application Priority exchange of point to point messages of 256 bytes maximum Common services X Way inter network routing X Way Uni TE routing module diagnostics TCP Open function Services library of C functions which can be used with SDKC development software 1 PL7 EF function blocks for access to the TCP layer example of use Integrated Web server function Services alarm display with Premium PLC only 1 2 graphic objects editor system diagnostics access to PLC variables Web pages defined by the user 1 4 Mb available Java development kit 1 Services available on TSX ETY 110 WS modules 2 An Internet browser Internet Explorer version 4 Netscape version 4 05 or other is required on the PC station capable of executing Java code 43601 11 Premium automation platform References page 43601 13 Ethernet TCP IP network Characteristics continued Characteristics of TSX ETY 410 5101 modules Structure Type Heterogeneous industrial local area network conforming to IEEE 802 3 standard Topology Star network Method of access Direct access with collision detection according to IEEE 802 3 CSMA CD standard Transmission Mode Manchester base band Data rate 10 100 Mbps with automatic recognition Medium Double twisted pair impedance 100 Q 15 Q for 10bas
268. te encoder 13 2m TSX CXP 245 0 210 feedback 9 way SUB D connector 6m TSX CXP 645 0 470 Connection accessories for servodrives Description From To No Cable Reference Weight 1 length kg Cables fitted TSX CAYee NUMMDLA 14 25m TSX CXP 233 0 220 with connectors module modular speed drive NUM MDLA 15 way 15 way high density speed drive SUB D SUB D connector 6m TSX CXP 633 0 470 2 connector encoder input TSX TAP MAS Speed reference 15 25m TSX CXP 223 0 340 block on NUM MDLA 9 way modular speed drive SUB D 25 way SUB D connector connector Block Speed reference 15 25m TSX CXP 223 0 340 Cables fitted TSX CAY ee Speed reference 16 im VY1 X411CA15 0 400 with splitter module for Altivar 58 ATV 58F block asynchronous motors for ATV 58F speed drive 1 See pages 43550 7 to 43550 10 for key 2 See page A0000 3 43550 6 Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Dimensions page 43550 11 Connections Examples of encoder connections ABE 7CPA01
269. ted port on the processor or coprocessor The AUX 1 port 8 way mini DIN connector has one non isolated RS 485 serial link channel maximum distance 10 m 2 Via integrated port on the TSX SCY 21601 module This module for Premium PLCs has one isolated RS 485 serial link channel 25 way SUB D connector Half duplex multiprotocol including Uni Telway TSX SCP 11 multiprotocol PCMCIA cards 3 A slot on the processor coprocessor and on the TSX SCY 21601 module takes cards which comprise 4 A removable cover with fixing screws for access to the 20 way miniature connector 5 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card or link fault COM lamp data transmission or reception Connector cable to be ordered separately TSX SCP Ce eee cable 1 TER port for Micro TSX 37 05 08 10 PLC Characteristics 1 Physical Type Non isolated Isolated RS 485 PCMCIA cards layer RS 485 terminal port TSX SCY 21601 RS 232 D RS 485 20 mA current integrated port RS 422 compatible _ loop 3 Data rate 1 2 19 2 Kbps 2 1 2 19 2 Kbps 0 3 19 2 Kbps 1 2 719 2 Kops Transmission Size 120 characters 4096 characters max Data 7 or 8 bits Stop bit 1 or 2 bits Parity bit Even odd or none Stop on silence Services Reception echo Repeat 1 char echo Auto LF Back space Beep Flow by Xon Xoff mgmt by RTS CTS RTS CTS delay Stop on reception End of message PSR management
270. tes ABB Industrial Systems Inc Tel 1 614 261 2000 ABB DCS 500 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus 16250 W Glendale Fax 1 614 261 2172 Advant OCS Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus New Berlin WI 53151 URL www abb com United States ABB Power T amp D Co Inc Tel 1 610 395 7333 2000 2000R series product family Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus 7036 Snowdrift Road Fax 1 610 395 1055 REL 512 506 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus Allentown PA 18106 URL www abb com papd REL 356 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus United States REL 350 352 Miscellaneous hardware Modbus Plus PRICOMT HMI SCADA Modbus Plus ABB Robotic Tel 33 0 1 34 40 23 49 S4C Robot controller Motion axis control Fipio 5 chemin de l Equerre Fax 33 0 1 34 40 23 80 Z des Bethunes URL www abb se flexible F 95310 Saint Ouen L Aum ne France ACC Systemes Tel 33 0 3 44 38 66 66 CEASAR HMI SCADA Ethway 5 rue des aTel iers BP 203 Fax 33 0 3 44 38 66 67 Uni Tel way F 60 202 Compiegne Cedex URL www acc fr Modbus France Acuity Imaging Inc Tel 1 603 598 8400 InTel ligent Visual Sensor IVS Miscellaneous sensor Modbus Plus 9 Townsend West Fax 1 603 598 4684 Nashua NH 03063 URL www acuityimaging com United States AFCON Tel 1 847 397 6900 P CIM HMI SCADA Ethway 1014 East Algonquin Road Fax 1 847 397 6987 Fipway Schaumburg IL 60173 URL www afcon inc com Uni Tel way United States Modbus Plus Applicom International Tel 33 0 2 32 96 04 20 PC1000 PCI1000 PC2000 Communica
271. thernet TCP IP profile 6 Presentation 5 Session 4 Transfer MOR Nowadays applications for distributed control systems can use a single communication network which meets not only the demands for realtime performance on the factory floor but also the need for open access to control monitoring software based on products using standard communication protocols or applications using Internet technology Ethernet responds to these different needs in terms of data rate capacity for open access on TCP IP and flexibility in terms of topology All these criteria are reinforced by the capacity of the Schneider offer to provide high level services which enable the user to reduce his development and operating costs These services are e Ethway which incorporates all the mechanisms of the X Way communication architecture X Way addressing system Uni TE message handling COM distributed database but on a proprietary protocol e Standard TCP IP protocol for communication with the entire X Way architecture using X Way Uni TE message handling Quantum devices using Modbus message handling M1 processors on Momentum UO base units using Modbus message handling I O type peripheral devices by simple configuration I O Scanning I O exchange function a PC terminal supporting an Internet browser third party products using any protocol on TCP IP courtesy of the TCP Open function e The SNMP V1 network agent function All Ethernet modules i
272. tion Weighing module ly The front panel of the TSX ISP Y100 weighing module consists of 1 A 9 way female SUB D connector for the RS 485 serial link to the display unit 2 A screw terminal block for connecting the 2 discrete reflex outputs outputs positioned on thresholds 3 A 15 way female SUB D connector for the measurement input channel 50 measurements per second from 1 to 8 load cells 4 Device for optional sealing of the module The TSX ISP Y100 module and its SF2 SF3 SM1 SM2 load cells can be supplied pre calibrated at the factory or by using a press Display unit The weighing operations are displayed on a TSX XBT H100 display unit supplied with the TSX ISP Y110 The display device is preconfigured Its front panel consists of 1 Aback lit LCD display screen with 1 line of 20 characters 1 height 9 mm 2 An area for affixing the instrument s identification plate On the rear panel it has eh removable screw terminal block for 24 V power supply eh 25 way female SUB D connector for the link to the TSX ISP Y100 weighing module 30 metres maximum Strain gauge load cells and connection accessories please consult our specialist catalogue Measurements are detected using strain gauge load cells designed to operate in harsh environmental conditions severe temperatures dust damp corrosive atmosphere The strain gauge load cells with their associated cable connectors and c
273. tion interface boards Modbus 43 Rue Mazagran Fax 33 0 2 32 96 04 21 PC4000 and PCI4000 Uni Tel way F 76320 Caudebec les Elbeufs URL www applicom int com Fipway France Ethway Arc Informatique Tel 33 0 1 41 14 36 00 PCVUE 32 FRONTVUE HMI SCADA Modbus Modbus Plus 2 Avenue de la cristallerie Fax 33 0 1 46 23 86 02 DATAVUE Fipway Ethway Uni Tel way F 92310 Sevres France URL www arcinfo com Symax Synet Autres Areal Tel 33 0 1 60 63 07 52 Topkapi HMI SCADA Ethway 16 Avenue Jean Moulin Fax 33 0 1 64 41 90 15 Fipway F 77167 Savigny le Temple Uni Tel way France Modbus Aro Tel 33 0 2 43 44 74 00 Micro 2x16 Ill Miscellaneous actuator Fipio 1 Avenue de Tours Fax 33 0 2 43 44 74 01 welding controller Uni Tel way F 72500 Chateau du Loir URL www aronet com Modbus France ARORA Software Tel 1 702 348 1816 System 816 HMI SCADA Modbus Modbus Plus 1755 East Plumb Lane Fax 1 702 348 7336 Dialer2000 Communication software Modbus Suite 159 Reno NV 89502 URL www arora sierra net United States ARTEC Systems Tel 1 954 771 9007 Drivers Communication software Modbus Plus 5530 NE 33rd Avenue Fax 1 954 771 9524 Fort Lauderdale FL 33308 URL www artec systems com United States Asco Joucomatic Tel 33 0 1 47 14 32 00 BUSLINK and BUSLINK ISO Pneumatic VO interface Fipio 32 Avenue Albert 1 BP 312 Fax 33 0 1 47 08 53 85 pneumatic valves F 92506 Rueil Malmaison URL www ascojoucomatic fr France AspenTech Tel 1 281 584 1000 SetCim HMI SCADA Modb
274. tions page 43566 6 Connections page 43566 7 Functions Normal and Backup PLC functions The Normal and Backup PLCs are physically and functionally identical but their role is differentiated according to their status Normal or Backup The Normal Premium PLC Executes the application Updates the outputs and inputs in rack and on the Fipio bus Provides communication functions with peripheral devices Sends its database to the Backup PLC Recovers diagnostic information from the Backup PLC Generates its own diagnostic information as well as that of the Premium Warm Standby architecture The Backup Premium PLC Executes part of the application Reads the state of the in rack inputs Updates its in rack and Fipio outputs according to the state of those of the Normal PLC Provides communication functions with peripheral devices Recovers diagnostic information from the Normal PLC Generates its own diagnostic information as well as that of the Premium Warm Standby architecture Management of shared I O on Fipio bus The Fipio bus manages I O exchanges on Fipio devices The Normal PLC is an arbitrator for the active Fipio bus while the Backup PLC is an arbitrator for the passive Fipio network Due to the characteristics of the Fipio bus only the Normal PLC reads the physical inputs on the Fipio bus and controls the physical outputs on
275. tor 2 x 9 way female SUB D connectors in black polycarbonate for TSX FP CG 010 030 PCMCIA card IP 20 cable for connection of TBX dust and damp proof module 24 V supply Dust and damp proof Trunk cable tap link TSX FP ACC 4 0 660 bus cable connector Fipio bus connection cables 2 Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Cables for TSX FPP 10 TSX FP ACC 4 1m TSX FP CG 010 0 210 PCMCIA card card cable connector miniature 9 way SUB D connector connector 3m TSX FP CG 030 0 410 1 The TSX FPP 10 card is only supported by Micro TSX 37 21 22 Premium processors Product supplied with bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 For other Fipio bus accessories and connection cables see pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 43593 3 Premium automation platform References pages 43597 6 and 43597 7 Dimensions page 43597 7 Fipio bus and Fipway network Characteristics Characteristics The Fipio industrial fieldbus and Fipway local inter PLC network are standard means of communication between various control system components They conform to the WorldFip standard Type of bus network Fipio bus Fipway network Structure Type Open industrial fieldbus conforming to WorldFip standard Topology Devices linked by daisy chaining or tap link connections Maximum length 15 000 m 5000 m Access method Producer consumer principle Management by fixed arbitrat
276. tored or modified can be created by the user and SSES saved in the module supporting the Web server function Le bee Ces ma 43601 6 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network Functions continued Characteristics pages 43601 11 and 43601 12 References page 43601 13 Alarm display function available on TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 modules a The alarm display function is a predefined secure function password protected Available with Premium PLCs it can be used to process alarms display acknowledgment and clear managed at PLC level using monitoring function blocks known as Diagnostic DFBs These alarms are processed in exactly the same way as those for the viewer screens included in PL7 Pro and Monitor Pro software CCX 17 operator panels or Magelis XBT F T XBT F terminals see page 43106 3 The graphic object editor function can be used to create graphic views which include animated graphic objects relating to PLC variables These customisable views can be used in user Web pages see Displaying predefined Web pages below These views are created by means of simple copy paste operations and the object parameters are defined according to the user s requirements colour PLC variables name etc Views created in this way can be saved transparently to TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 Ethernet modules Displaying predefined Web pages available on TSX ETY 110 WS 5101 modul
277. tributed database 128 16 bit words for a network with 32 stations Series 1000 Premium 64 16 bit words for a network including SMC PLCs Monitoring Network nominal duty control indicator lamp 43603 2 Premium automation platform Jnet network Software configuration references TSX JNP 112 114 TSX SCA 64 s 5 TSX SCA 50 Software configuration Installation procedures and access to the Jnet module configuration screen are identical to those for any PCMCIA type communication module using PL7 Junior Pro software Configuration of a Jnet PCMCIA card is accessed using the screen below Stations communicate between themselves automatically once they are configured and connected to the same Jnet network eh aa aa AGL A debug screen is also linked to the module It gives the d Aere SE following information te een e Status of each station RUN STOP ABSENT ie e Transmission error counter References Connection elements to Jnet network Description Number per Use Physical Reference Weight PLC layer 1 kg Jnet type Ill 3 maximum Type Ill 20 mA CL TSX JNP 112 0 110 PCMCIA cards slot on 19 2 Kbps TSX SCY 21601 module RS 485 TSX JNP 114 0 110 19 2 Kbps Connection accessories Description Use Power supply Reference Weight 1 kg 2 channel Tap link of 2 x 2
278. trik Tel 90 21 63 86 95 70 Fransisco Canaval y Moreyra 452 Fax 511 221 81 84 Sanayi Ve Ticaret A S Fax 90 21 63 86 38 75 Piso 15 of 2 www schneider electric com pe T t nc Mehmet Efendi www schneiderelectric com tr San Isidro Cad N 110 Kat 1 2 L 27 Lima 81080 Gdtztepe Istanbul Philippines E Schneider Electric Philippines Inc Tel 63 28 44 84 18 Ukraine E Schneider Electric Tel 380 44 462 04 25 1314 Batangas Street Fax 63 28 16 00 63 Rue Krechtchatik 2 Fax 380 44 462 04 24 Makati City 1234 252601 Kiev Metro Manila United Arab E Schneider Electric Abu Dhabi Tel 971 2 33 94 44 Poland E Schneider Electric Polska Sp zo o Tel 48 22 606 25 00 Emirates PO Box 29580 Fax 971 2 31 66 06 Ul Domaniewska 41 Fax 48 22 606 11 66 58 Office Floor 2 Lulu Street 02 672 Warszawa www schneider electric p Al Marina Plaza Tower Portugal E Schneider Electric Portugal Tel 351 21 416 5800 Abu Dhabi Av do Forte 3 Fax 351 21 416 5857 United Kingdom W Schneider Ltd Tel 44 01628 508 500 Edificio Su cia II Piso 3 A www schneiderelectric pt Braywick House East Fax 44 01628 508 508 CP 2028 Carnaxide Windsor Road Maidenhead www schneider co uk 2795 Linda A Velha Berkshire SL6 1 DN Qatar E Schneider Electric Qatar Branch Tel 974 424 358 United States W Schneider Electric Tel 1 847 397 2600 c o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani Trad and Co Fax 974 424 358 North American Division Fax 1 847 925 7500 P O Box 4484 1415 Ros
279. ts i f Common 0 V EE i GND Speed drive with 2 wire input Example of speed drive connection auxiliary 1 0 3030 0 V 113 O Drive check input 1040 Drive enable i 2040 24 V Axis 1 203 103 3010 0V 112 0 Drive check input 101 Drive enable 201 24N Axis 0 200 100 P4 Example of auxiliary UO connection 314 we GC Reflex output J EZ 111 O S Recalibration 13 Lt Du amp 110 0O S Event 2 210 dk Axes 1 and 3 Se M 109 o S Emergency 1 209 E stop IS oO 108 o S Homing 0 208 ot 312 112 Reflex output ao Recalibration 3 106 O 206 Sig Event 2 Axes 0 and 2 met 1S F Emergency 1 205 0 2 stop die Le Homin 0 204 Ta s 10 30 Wa CC 5V Encoder 101 oY power supply i I 43550 7 Premium automation platform Characteristics pages 43550 3 and 43550 4 References pages 43550 5 and 43550 6 Dimensions page 43550 11 TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors Connections continued Connection example for Lexium MHDA servodrives Incremental encoder 12 SSI absolute encoder 13 Tsx cay 42 OO OO A Incremental or absolute encoder TSX CCP S15 eee cable with connector encoder feedback TSX TAP S15 05 connector TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connector TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector 10 TSX CDP ee cable with connector 11
280. tween islands e Transparent Factory Bridges enable Modbus to Ethernet and Modbus Plus to Ethernet communications with multiple ports allowing flexibility among network components e Transparent Factory Cables connect each device such as PLC I O PC etc to the attached hub switch transceiver patch panel or to cascade hubs and switches TF cables are available in fiber optic and twisted pair options with a wide variety of connectors and cable lengths 200 Mbps full duplex redundant fibre optic ring Fibre optic loop Hub Hub ododdsaogA H H DU 6000 Quantum Altivar Momentum UO All the TF components of the Ethernet wiring system are designed to operate in severe environments TF switches and TF hubs include mechanisms designed to ensure high levels of resilience With their open ended redundant functions from a single ring structure to a double ring structure it is easy to create a fault tolerant Ethernet network which meets the specific demands of your industrial environment 48190 2 Premium automation platform Ethernet TCP IP network connection by 10baseT 100baseTX interface Characteristics References page 48190 7 Characteristics of TF hubs Mechanical characteristics Models 499 NEH 004 10 499 NEH 041 00 lies NOH 005 10 Operating temperature mG 0 to 60 Relative humidity 10 90 wit
281. ue terminals D oe D oa B Ezi serene B oO D SE E LS EI TA 5 S 3 E Connection via Fipio Fipway Equipped with Connection via the TSX FPP 20 integrated link or via the TSX FPP 20 for FT 2100 PCMCIA PCMCIA card TSX FPM 100 module of TSX PMX card model 40 PLCs TSX FPC 10M for PC compatible Connection via the TSX FPG 10 ISA bus module of TSX 17 20 micro PLCs they access all devices in the X Way architecture The various X Way drivers are available on CD ROM TLX CD DRV M References Description Number per Use Composition Reference Weight Premium PLC 1 kg Fipway card 1 with 57 10 Type Ill slot on 1 type III TSX FPP 20 0 110 1 with 57 20 Micro Premium PCMCIA 3 with 57 30 processor card 4 with 57 40 TPCX 57 10 30 coprocessor TSX SCY 21601 module TSX FPP 20 Communication See page For Premium PLC TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module 43592 3 1 isolated 2 wire RS 485 integrated channel Half duplex 1 slot for type III PCMCIA card Set of X Way Includes all X Way drivers 1 CD ROM TLX CD DRVM drivers Uni Telway Fipway Fipio Ethway under for Windows 3 1 95 98 NT 2000 PC compatible XIP ISAway under DOS and a Windows 3 1 95 98 NT 2000 TSX SCY 21601 Uni Telway for TSX SCP 114 card under Windows 95 98 NT 2000 Terminal port under OS 2 E Connection cables and accessories 2 Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Cables for TSX FPP 20 TSX FP ACC 4
282. ues via the inter PLC Ethway link TSX ETY 110 module and applies them to its own outputs This updating enables smooth Normal Backup changeover by maintaining the state of the outputs during changeover Management of supervision transparency SCADA Transparent communication with level 2 supervisor third party device etc during changeover of the PLC in Normal mode to the PLC in Backup mode is provided by the TSX ETY 210 Ethernet TCP IP modules using a unique IP address Communication with a redundant architecture is therefore similar to that for a simple architecture This transparency is identical in Modbus with the use of the TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card Modbus protocol in RS 485 installed in the TSX SCY 21601 communication module 43566 4 Premium automation platform References page 43566 6 Connections page 43566 7 Premium Warm Standby redundancy Functions continued Software setup Functions Ring topology for shared equipment on the Fipio bus To improve the availability of shared equipment on the Fipio bus it is possible to create a Fipio redundant ring using fibre optics The fibre optic ring can then be used to e Maintain normal operation in the event of a break at some point on the fibre optic medium Increase the immunity of the Fipio bus in environments with high levels of electromagnetic interference Ethernet TCP IP network Optical fibre
283. ule is an analogue input module with 16 thermocouple inputs Depending on the selections made during configuration the following range is available for each of the input channels supporting a common mode between them of 250 V or 280 V e Thermocouples B E J K L N R S T or U or electrical range 80 mV 80 mV Functions e Scanning of input channels gain selection according to input signals multiplexing e Digitisation of input signals e Converting input measurements to user format recalibration coefficient linearisation cold junction compensation filtering scaling e Module monitoring conversion circuit test range overshoot test terminal block presence test sensor link test watchdog test TSX ASY 410 TSX ASY 800 analogue output modules The TSX ASY 410 module has 4 analogue outputs isolated from each other and the TSX ASY 800 module has 8 outputs with common point Depending on the choice made during configuration the modules offer the following range for each of its inputs 10 V 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA without external supply Functions e Protection of the module against overvoltages e Adaptation to the different actuators voltage or current output e Conversion of digital signals to analogue signals 11 bits sign for TSX ASY 410 and 13 bits sign for TSX ASY 800 e Transforming application data into data which can be used by the digital analogue converter e Mod
284. ule monitoring and fault indication to the application converter test range overshoot test terminal block presence test watchdog test PL7 Junior software performs configuration and debugging functions e Choice of modules used e Configuration of channels according to the type of module scanning normal or fast cold junction compensation internal or external range filtering display format task MAST or FAST detection of terminal block presence wiring check e Debugging access to certain parameter settings module channel diagnostics forcing calibration 43530 3 Premium automation platform Analogue I O modules Characteristics References pages 43530 6 and 43530 7 Characteristics of analogue input modules Type of input module TSX AEY 800 TSX AEY 1600 TSX AEY 810 TSX AEY 420 Number of channels 8 16 8 4 Input range ae OWA Oncol Wi Osads W 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Analogue digital conversion 12 bits 16 bits Read Time Normal scan ms 2 51 29 7 1 Fast scan ms 3 x no of channels used 1 3 3 x no of channels used 1 Max error ac O W sc 0 20 mA EON E EE Ste EH D DN 10 20 mA 0 10 V easy WY 4 20 mA Wl der leier kel leet ll el at 25 C FS 0 19 O15 0 25 0 244 0 13 0 142 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 60 C FS 0 22 0 22 0 41 0 305 0 191 0 12 0 2 0 4 0 4 Isolation Betw ch and bus V rms 1000 Betw ch and earth V rms 1000
285. ult our specialist catalogue 1 Product supplied with bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 With Micro PLC 43594 6 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43594 2 Uni Telway bus References Uni Telway bus connecting cables Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Double Uni Telway bus 100m TSX CSA 100 5 680 shielded twisted pair RS 485 cables 200m TSX CSA 200 10 920 500m TSX CSA 500 30 000 Cables for TSX SCP 114 card TSX SCA 50 T jun box 3m TSX SCP CU 4030 0 160 isolated RS 485 tap link TSX SCA 62 sub sock 3m TSX SCP CU 4530 0 180 TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCA 50 T jun box 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 integrated channel channel 0 TSX SCA 62 sub sock 3m TSX SCY CU 6530 0 200 Cables for Micro Premium TSX P ACC 01 AUX 2m T FTX CB1 020 0 180 non isolated port box RS 485 PCX 57 tap link TER or AUX 5m T FTX CB1 050 0 420 Micro Premium 9 way SUB D 3m 1 TSX PCU 1031 0 140 PCX 57 port RS 232 D port for or TSX P ACC 01 FT 2100 PC compatible connection box TER or AUX Other RS 232D See page 43596 3 and 20 mA CL connecting cables 1 TSX PCU 1031 cable for use with terminal equipped with PL7 software V 4 0 reference TLX eee P
286. umber of devices 32 devices maximum 16 devices maximum 2 devices 98 datalink addresses maximum 1 device can have several addresses Length of bus 10 m maximum 1300 m excluding tap links 100 to 1000 m according to 15 m maximum rate Tap link 15 m maximum Services Requests Bits 1920 bits per request Words 120 words per request Security One CRC 16 check parameter on each frame Monitoring No flow control Diagnostic counters event counters Modbus Jbus functions 2 available on Premium PLCs Code Type 01 Read n consecutive output bits 02 Read n consecutive input bits 03 Read n consecutive output words 04 Read n consecutive input words 05 Write 1 output bit 06 Write 1 output word 07 Fast read 8 bits 08 Access diagnostic counters 11 Read exchange counter 12 Read trace buffer iS Write n output bits 16 Write n output words i Read identification 1 For characteristics of the TSX SCY 21601 communication module integrated channel see page 43591 2 2 The Master PLC station can send all the Modbus Jbus requests without transmission and reception monitoring 43595 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43595 3 Modbus Jbus bus References TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCP 110 TSX SCA 50 FA W TSX SCA 64 Modbus Jbus connection elements Description Protocol Physical layer Reference 1 Wei
287. unicates with the Premium server on the Modbus Plus network via MSTR function blocks 3 A Premium or Micro client connected to the Ethernet TCP IP or Fipway network can communicate in read write mode with a Modbus Plus station the Premium PLC therefore acts as a gateway 4 A Premium or Micro client connected to the Modbus Plus network can access a remote station via the Modbus Plus Modbus gateway 43599 2 Premium automation platform Connections page 43599 4 References page 43599 5 Modbus Plus network Description characteristics Description Premium Micro PLCs are connected to the Modbus Plus network using a TSX MBP 100 type III PCMCIA card This card is installed in the slot reserved for processors or coprocessors 1 A host slot on processors or coprocessors 2 A protective cover with fixing screw access to miniature 20 way connector 3 A removable cover 4 Two indicator lamps ERR card or link fault COM activity on the line Connectors to be ordered separately 4 TSX MBP CE 0ee tap off cables 23 Characteristics Structure Type Industrial bus Physical interface RS 485 Method of access Token bus Transmission Mode Synchronous HDLC Data rate 1 Mbps Medium Twisted pair fibre optic Configuration Number of devices 64 maximum on 1800 m twisted pair 32 per segment Number of addresses 64 devices maximum per segment Length of bus 450 m maximum per
288. unicator installation manual To be ordered separately 870 USE 105 01 Modbus Plus communicator installation manual To be ordered separately 870 USE 103 01 1 Documentation in French German Spanish etc please consult your Regional Sales Office 43900 3 Product index Description Reference Page Description Reference Page 8 16 channel sub base with electromechanical Connecting cables relays plug in terminal blocks ABE 7R08 16 14025 4 Ethernet TSX ETY 48190 7 43616 3 8 16 channel sub base with solid state relays Fipio bus TSX FP CG 43593 3 plug in terminal blocks ABE 7S08 16 14025 4 Fipway TSX FP C 36360 3 43597 7 16 channel sub base with plug in relays ABE 7P16 R16 14025 5 TSX FP CG 43592 3 14025 6 for analogue I O modules ABF Y25 43530 7 A for Bus X remote system TSX CBRY 43514 3 Accessories for for communication module TSX SCY 43591 3 distributed I O modules TBX 42311 11 for industrial operator panels CCX 17 TSX FP 43583 7 Fipio dust and damp proof I O modules TSX EF 42315 10 XBT Z 43583 7 power supply modules TSX PLP 43512 5 for measurement and counter module TSX CCP CDP 43540 5 Telefast 2 sub bases ABE 7ACC 7BV_ 14040 2 and 43541 5 Adhes
289. up battery for RAM memory card 43511 9 43513 5 TSX IBX InterBus S coprocessor for PCX coprocessor 43602 5 TSX BLY Screw terminal block for TSX IBY InterBus S bus module for Premium PLCs 43602 5 analogue I O modules 43530 7 TSX ISP Weighing modules 43552 7 discrete I O modules 43520 10 TSX JNP PCMCIA cards for Jnet network 43603 3 TSX CAP Connecting cables for TSX MBP Modbus Plus communication card analogue I O modules 43530 7 for operator dialogue terminals 36359 5 36360 3 counter modules 43540 5 TSX MBP PCMCIA card for Modbus Plus network 43599 5 electronic cam modules 43542 45 TSX MBPC _ Cables for Modbus Plus network 36360 3 43599 5 measurement and fast counter modules 43541 5 TSX MDM Kits for connection to Modem module 43598 3 motion control modules 43550 5 43551 Modem module 43598 3 TSX CAY Motion control modules for servomotors 43550 5 TSX MFP Flash EPROM memory extension cards for TSX CBY Bus X daisy chaining cables for racks 43510 4 CCX 17 industrial operator panels 43583 6 TSX CBRY Cables for Bus X remote system 43512 5 coprocessors 43513 5 TSX CCY Electronic cam module 43542 4 processors 43511 9 TSX CCPS Connecting cables for TSX MRP RAM memory extension cards for counter modules 43540 5 CCX 17 industrial operator panels 43583 6 electronic cam modules 43542 4 coprocessors 43513 5 measurement and fast counter modules 43541 5 processors 43511 9 motion control modules 43550 6 TSX P57 TSX 57 processors 43511 8 TS
290. us Plus 14701 St Mary s Lane Fax 1 281 584 4329 Houston TX 77079 2995 URL www aspentech com United States Atlas Copco Tel 41 0 21 863 63 63 Socapel PAM Drive Fipio En Montillier 4 Fax 41 0 21 863 63 99 CH 1303 Penthaz URL www atlascopco com controls Switzerland Automated Mining Systems Tel 1 905 713 3700 Broadband Gateway Communication hardware Modbus Plus 16 Mary Street Unit 3 Fax 1 905 713 3708 Aurora Ontario L4G 1G2 URL www robominer co Canada Automated Solutions Inc Tel 1 707 578 5882 ASMBPLUS OCX Communication software Modbus Plus 1415 Fulton Road 205 Fax 1 707 579 5756 ASMBSERIAL Modbus Santa Rosa CA 95403 URL www automatedsolutions com United States Automation amp Control Tel 1 314 993 4080 GEMINI Miscellaneous software 800 Technologies Inc Fax 1 314 993 7183 Quantum 11838 Borman Dr Suite 200 URL www act stl com St Louis MO 63146 4113 United States Automation amp Systemes Tel 33 0 4 93 07 51 07 IN COM Communication interface boards Ethway Fipway Uni Tel way Domaine de l Etoile Fax 33 0 4 93 07 52 09 Modbus Modbus Plus Hameau Topaze F 06610 La Gaude France Software development Services Ethway Fipway Uni Tel way Modbus Modbus Plus 43614 6 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances partner products Product directory Comp
291. use outside buildings 3 TSX FP CC e00 tap link cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 8 mm diameter for normal environments and use inside buildings 4 TSX FP CG 000 tap link connecting cable for PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 20 communication card for Micro Premium TSX Series 7 PLCs FT 2100 terminals and PC compatibles Connection to the bus is via a 9 way SUB D connector on the TSX FP ACC 3 ACC 4 junction box 5 TSX FP CE 030 tap link connecting cable for TSX FPC 10 or FCP FPC 10 PC communication card ISA bus for FTX 517 CCX 77 87 terminals and PC compatibles Connection to the bus is via a 9 way SUB D connector on the TSX FP ACC 3 ACC 4 junction box Connection boxes 6 TSX FP ACC 14 Polycarbonate IP 20 junction box provides tap link from the trunk cable to connect 1 device via TSX FP CC e00 tap link cable or several devices in a daisy chain 7 TSX FP ACC 3 IP 20 box for connecting 2 PC or PCMCIA cards TSX FPP 10 TSX FPC 10 TSX FPP 20 200 FCP FPP 10 on a 9 way SUB D connector 8 TSX FP ACC 4 IP 65 junction box It also has a 9 way female SUB D connector for any device which is connected to the bus via a PCMCIA card in this case the box is IP 20 Connectors 9 TSX FP ACC 2 and TSX FP ACC 12 9 way female SUB D connector for Fipway Fipio connection TSX FP ACC 2 connector for TSX 17 20 micro PLC for example Used for daisy chain or tap link connection 90 output high or low 45 output high or low 10 TBX BLP 0
292. uters under SPIX Digital PDP11 computers under RSX Micro VAX under VMS Hewlett Packard HP9000 computer running under HP UX IBM PC micro computer under DOS and OS 2 43594 4 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43594 2 References pages 43594 6 and 43594 7 Uni Telway bus Connections Uni Telway bus wiring system C v 13 5 2 1 2 Device 3 Adaptor 10 11 7 3 R BE T EE I AL il UR 5 a alee Hat d i Micro TER terminal port A Premium E TSXSCP 114 Parad S S J PCMCIA card x El EHE E i e i Ol I BI BI a If lf 5 CEA J 0 TSX PMX model 40 Premium TSX SCY 21601 6 1 TSX CSA eee bus cable double shielded twisted pair The shielding must be connected to the earth of each device 2 TSX SCA 50 passive T junction box matches the impedance when it is installed at the end of the line 3 TSX SCA 62 passive 2 channel Uni Telway subscriber socket is used for coding the address of two connected devices and matching the impedance when it is installed at the end of the line 4 TSX SCA60 passive terminal block used for intermediate devices which have the appropriate connections ATV 45 Masap drives It is used for coding the address of the connected device
293. ven in for a fan cooled enclosure or a temperature range of 0 to 40 C 43560 2 Premium automation platform Process power supply units and modules References dimensions mounting Characteristics page 43560 2 Description Output Rating Parallel Reference Weight voltage connection vV A kg Unit 100 240 V 24 1 No TBX SUP 10 0 290 50 60 Hz and 125 V TBX SUP 10 N e Module 100 240 V 24 11 Yes TSX SUP 1011 0 720 lel 50 60 400 Hz and 125 V SELV 1 2 Modules 100 120 V 24 2 2 Yes TSX SUP 1021 1 090 Ki and 200 240 V SELV 1 2 50 60 400 Hz TSX SUP 1011 TSX SUP 1021 1051 5 Yes TSX SUP 1051 1 120 1 2 24 10 Yes TSX SUP 1101 2 100 SELV 1 A i Unit 100 120 V z and 200 240 V i 50 60 400 Hz 1 Product supplied as standard with a bilingual quick reference guide English and French 2 Mounted in TSX RKY 6 8 12 6E 8E 12E racks any slot except the slot for TSX PSYee0M power supply modules on TSX SUP 1101 AM1 DE200 DP200 rails or on AM1 PA mounting plate Dimensions mounting TBX SUP 10 power supply unit Sr a ite Bo 2 m 1 ef DH 74 100 Power supply modules TSX SUP 1011 TSX SUP 1021 1051 Mounting support supplied 16 8 72 56 150 150 151 5 Mounted on AM1 DE200 or AM1 DP200 rail 1 Dist
294. ware solely for the purpose for which it was supplied Any copying of such software etc except solely for the purpose of producing back up and security copies is totally forbidden All products hardware software and services shown in this document are subject to modification and change without notice Any descriptions or specifications given herein shall not be capable as being interpreted as part of or a condition of any contract relative to such product software or service Concept Lexium PL7 are registered trademarks of Schneider Automation Modicon NUM Telefast Telemecanique XBT are registered trademarks of Schneider Electric All other products and brands quoted in this document are registered trademarks of their respective holders X0011 3 Premium automation platform Schneider Alliances e Schneider gt Alliances www schneideralliances com Programme overview The Schneider Alliances partnership programme is an answer to the many customers who are expecting their preferred vendors to provide much more than simple products complete integrated and validated automation solutions Schneider Alliances is both an industrial and commercial programme between Schneider and its partners providing hardware or software automation products system integration or services complementary to the Schneider offer The Schneider Alliances partnership programme comprises e Product vendors Design and distribute har
295. wer supply modules These comprise 1 A support plate for fixing the module 2 Adisplay block comprising a 24 V green indicator lamp which is on if the internal and output voltages are correct and an LSH power optimization mode orange indicator lamp for TSX SUP 1011 1021 power supply modules only 3 A cover for protecting the terminal block 4 A screw terminal block for connection to the mains supply of the 24 V output 5 A space for the insertion of the cable clamp 6 A 110 220 V voltage selector TSX SUP 1021 1051 modules only 7 A NOR LSH switch located at the rear of the module for controlling the power optimization device TSX SUP 1011 1021 power supply modules only TSX SUP 1101 process power supply unit The front panel comprises 1 A display block comprising an ON orange indicator lamp which is on if the module is powered up 2 Adisplay block comprising a 24 V green indicator lamp which is on if the 24 V output voltage is present and correct 3 A cover for protecting the terminal block 4 A screw terminal block for connection to the a c supply 5 A screw terminal block for connection to the 24 V output voltage 6 A space for the insertion of the cable clamp 7 Four holes for fixing the module Characteristics Type of power supply module TBX SUP 10 TSX SUP 1011 TSX SUP 1021 TSX SUP 1051 TSX SUP 1101 Nominal input voltage V 100 240 or 125 1
296. wire devices TSX SCA 64 0 570 subscriber socket Tap link of 1 Master device 2 or 4 wire and or 1 x 4 wire Slave device 2 Fitted with 2 x 15 way female SUB D connectors Line Connection to the front panel TSX SCA 10 0 030 terminators of TSX SCA 64 subscriber socket sold in lots of 2 2 4 wire cabling T junction Connection to RS 485 via Passive TSX SCA 50 0 520 box tap link Tee Connecting cables Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Cables for TSX JNP 114 TSX SCA 50 3m TSX SCP CM 4030 0 160 isolated card box RS 422 485 2 wire 3 tap link TSX SCA 64 3m TSX SCP CM 4530 0 180 subscriber socket 2 4 wire Cable for TSX JNP 112 Multidrop Modbus 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 20 mA CL card 3 tap link 1 Product supplied with bilingual Quick Reference Guide English and French 2 2 or 4 wire cabling compatible with TSX SCA 64 subscriber sockets requires the use of a Modbus cable with an external diameter of 10 mm maximum 3 Cable end fitted with flying leads 43603 3 Premium automation platform Characteristics page 43602 4 References page 43602 5 InterBus S bus Presentation Presentation The InterBus S bus is a serial link type fieldbus for sensors and actuators which conforms to the requirements of an industrial environment Premium OUR 3 S IP 65 Momentum UO Installation remote bus module H mm ATV 66 mAN Installation remot

4 - Trinet Grup

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents